HomeMy WebLinkAboutT & M Electric Inc; 2002-04-25; 3369-2ADOC # 2003-08463151
Recording requested by:
)
CITY OF CARLSBAD 1
)
When recorded mail to: ) 1
JUL 16s 2003 12~49 PM
rnICIAL RECORDS !#I DIEGO WXRlTy REwwulER'S OFFICE
GRujoRy J. SHIM, Ix1I)cTy REMRDER FEES: 0.00
City Clerk )
City of Carlsbad )
1200 Carlsbad Village Dr. ) ,@?, Carlsbad, CA 92008
Space above this line for Recorder's Use ifl NOTICE OF COMPLETION
Notice is hereby given that:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
The unders-igned is owner of the interest or estate stated below in the property hereinafter
described.
The full name of the undersigned is City of Carlsbad, a municipal corporation.
The full address of the undersigned is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California
92008.
The nature of the title of the undersigned is: In fee.
A work of improvement on the property hereinafter described was completed on December
12,2002.
The name of the contractor for such work of improvement is T&M Electric, Inc.
The property on which the work of improvement was completed is in the City of Carlsbad,
County of San Diego, State of California, and is described as the construction of the Traffic
Signal at Aviara Parkway and Kingfisher Lane, Project No. 3369-2A.
CITY OF CARLSBAD
@%eputy Public Works Director
VERIFICATION OF CITY CLERK
I, the undersigned, say:
I am the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad, 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, , 2003, accepted the California, 92008. The City Council of said City on
above described work as completed and ordered that a Notice of Completion be filed.
Julv 15
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed on July 16 , 2003, at Carlsbad, California.
CITY OF CARLSBAD
Pad&&
LORRAINE M. WGOD
City Clerk
AB #17,245 7-15-03
Reso. 2003-193
CITY OF CARLSBAD
CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER TRANSMITTAL-C/0 #_Qi
Project: # 3369-2A Traffic Signal at Aviara Parkway and Kingfisher.
Date Routed:
~
2.
I I A z
NO 1 2 2002
To:
City Engineer
Engineering Inspection
Finance Director
City Manager/Mayor
Engineering Inspection
Reason for change:
The traffic division has requested the following changes:
Item 1: Deletion of the Type "E", advanced warning, and bike loops. Deletion of
the 17-2-80 pole at location "C" and replace with 17-3-80 pole.
Item 2: Replace all loops with Vantage Edge video detection.
COST ACCOUNTING:
Original contract amount ................................................................ $
Total amount this c/o .................................................................... $
Total amount of previous c/o's ....................................................... $
Total c/o's to date .......................................................................... $
New Contract Amount .................................................................... $
Total c/o's as% of original contract ................................................. .
Contingency monies encumbered .................................................. $
Contingency increase or decrease ................................................. $
Contingency Subtotal ...................................................................... $
Total c/o's to date ........................................................................... $
Contingency Balance ...................................................................... $
108,000.00
13,820.00
.00
13,820.00
121,820.00
12.79.%
16,200.00
.00
16,200.00
13,820.00
2,380.00
CITY OF CARLSBAD
PROJECT: # 3369-2 Traffic Signal at Aviara Parkway and Kingfisher.
CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER NO. 1
CONTRACT NO. 3369-2A P.O. NO. 111851 ACCOUNT NO. 40570009060/33692921
CONTRACTOR: Perry Electric
ADDRESS: 9201 Issac Street, Suite B
Santee, CA. 92071
The Contractor is directed to make the following changes as described herein.
Changes shall include all labor, materials, equipment, contract time extension, and all
other goods and services required to implement this change. Payment stated on this
change order includes all charges, direct or indirect, arising out of this additional work
and is expressly agreed between the City and the Contractor to be the complete and
final costs hereof. The requirements of the specifications, where pertinent and not in
conflict with this change order, shall apply to these changes. This change order is not
effective unless signed by the City Manager and/or the Mayor.
Pursuant to subsection 3-2.2.3, Agreed Prices, SPWC 2000, and the Special
Provisions, perform the following;
Item 1:
Item 2:
Delete the Type "E", advanced warning, and bike loops, including all conduit,
pull boxes, and conductors associated with these loops. Delete the 17-2-80
pole at location "C" and replace with 17-3-80 pole.
Decrease to contract cost ......................................... ' ...................... $ (3,540.00)
Provide all labor, materials and associated equipment for the installation of two
(2) Vantage Edge video detection camera assemblies and apparatuses, per
attached specifications.
Increase to contract cost. ...................................................... $ 17,360.00
Change Order No. 1 Page 2
3369-2A Traffic Signal at Aviara Parkway and Kingfisher.
TOTAL INCREASE TO CONTRACT COST .............................................. $ 13,820.00
TIME FOR COMPLETION OF ALL WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL NOT
BE AFFECTED BY THIS CHANGE ORDER.
RECOMMENDED BY:
~ 10/4/oz.
I CONSTRUCTION MANAGER (DATE)
~/U-oz_
DEPUTYCIEG~ (DATE)
,,6L~
CITY ENGINEER
/o//6/oz
(DATE)
DISTRIBUTION:
INSPECTION FILE (ORIGINAL)
PURCHASING
CONTRACTOR
APPROVED BY:
i " CITY OF CARLSBAD
San Diego County
California
- CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND
I SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS
- FOR
-- TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
AVIARA PARKWAY AND
KINGFISHER LANE
CONTRACT NO. 3369-2A
November 2001
"
TABLE OF CONTENTS
.. Notice lnvltlng Bids ....................................................................................................................... 5
Contractor's proposal .................................................................................................................... 9
Bid Security Form .......................................................................................................................... 13
Bidder's Bond To Accompany Proposal ....................................................................................... 14
Guide For Completing the "Designation Of Subcontractor and Amount Of Subcontractor's
Bid Items" and "Designation of Owner OperatodLessor and Amount Of Owner Operator/Lessor
Work" Forms ......................................................................................................................... 15
Designation Of Subcontractor and Amount Of Subcontractor's Bid Items ................................ 17
Designation Of Owner Operator/Lessor and Amount Of Owner Operator/Lessor Work ............ 18
Bidder's Statement Of Financial Responsibility ............................................................................ 19
Bidder's Statement Of Technical Ability And Experience ............................................................. 20
Bidder's Certificate Of Insurance For General Liability, Employers' Liability, Automotive
Liability And Workers' Compensation .......................................................................................... 21
Bidder's Statement Of Re Debarment .......................................................................................... 22
Bidder's Disclosure Of Discipline Record ......................................................................... 23
Non-Collusion Affidavit To Be Executed By Bidder And Submitted With Bid .............................. 25
Contract Public Works .................................................................................................................. 26
Labor And Materials Bond ............................................................................................................ 32
Faithful PerformanceNVarranty Bond ........................................................................................... 34
Optional Escrow Agreement For Surety Deposits In Lieu Of Retention ...................................... 36
Contrart No 3369-7P Prno 7 of 114 Pan~c
.
.
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS
"
r" Part 1 General Provisions
Section 1 Terms. Definitions Abbreviations And Symbols
1-1
1-2
Terms
Definltlons .............................................................................................................
1-3 Abbrevlatlons ........................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................... . ..
..
. Section 2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-9
2-1 0
.
.
Section 3
3-2
. 3-3 3-4
3-5
Scope And Control Of The Work
Subcontracts .........................................................................................................
Contract Bonds .....................................................................................................
Plans And Specifications ......................................................................................
Surveying ..............................................................................................................
Authority Of Board And Engineer .........................................................................
Changes In Work
Changes Initiated by the Agency ..........................................................................
Extra Work ............................................................................................................
Changed Condltlons
Disputed Work .......................................................................................................
.. .............................................................................................
. Section 4 Control Of Materials
4-1 .................................................................................
4-2
Materials And Workmanship
Materials Transportation, Handling and Storage ..................................................
"
Section 5 Utilities
5-1 Location .................................................................................................................
5-4 Relocation .............................................................................................................
Section 6 Prosecution, Progress And Acceptance Of The Work
" 6- 1
6-2
Construction Schedule And Commencement Of Work
6-6
Prosecution Of Work
Delays And Extensions Of Time ...........................................................................
.
........................................
.............................................................................................
- 6-7 Time of Completion ...............................................................................................
6-8 Completion And Acceptance ................................................................................
6-9 Liquidated Damages .............................................................................................
. Section 7
7-3
7-4
7-5 7-7
7-1 0
7-1 3
"
7-a
"
Responsibilities Of The Contractor
Workers' Compensation Insurance
Liability Insurance
Cooperation and Collateral Work
Permits
Project Site Maintenance ......................................................................................
Public Convenience And Safety ...........................................................................
Laws To Be Observed ..........................................................................................
.................................................................................................
....................................................................... ..................................................................................................................
..........................................................................
. Section 9 Measurement and Payment
................................................. . 9-1
9-3
Measurement Of Quantities For Unit Price Work
Payment ................................................................................................................
39
40
40
41
41
42
43
45
45
46
46
47
50
51
51
51
52
52
53
53
53
54
54
54
54
54
55
55
59
59
59 .
.
Part 2 Construction Materials
Section 200 Rock Materials
200-2 Untreated Base Materials ..................................................................................... 63
Section 201 201-1
Section 203 203-6
Section 204
204-1
Section 206
206-7
206-8
Section 207
207-2
207-25
Section 209
209-1
209-2
209-3
209-4
209-5
209-6
209-7
209-8
Section 210
210-1
21 0-3
Section 214
214-5
PART 3
Section 310
31 0-5
31 0-7
Section 312
312-1
Section 313
313-1
31 3-2
Concrete, Mortar And Related Materials Portland Cement Concrete ..........................................................................
Bituminous Materials Asphalt Concrete ............................................................................................
'Lumber And Treatment With Preservatives
Lumber And Plywood ............................................................................................
Miscellaneous Metal Items
Light Gage Steel Tubing And Connectors ............................................................
Pipe
Underground Utility Marking Tape
Reinforced Concrete Pipe
Signals, Lighting And Electrical Systems
General ...................................................................................................................
Materials And Installation ......................................................................................
Controller Assemblies ...........................................................................................
Traffic Signal Faces And Fittings ..........................................................................
Detectors ...............................................................................................................
Lighting ..................................................................................................................
Removing, Reinstalling Or Salvaging Electrical Equipment .................................
Payment ................................................................................................................
Paint And Protective Coatings
Paint ......................................................................................................................
Galvanlzrng ...........................................................................................................
Pavement Markers
Reflective Pavement Markers ...............................................................................
Construction Methods
Painting
Painting Various Surfaces ...................................................................................
Permanent Signing ...............................................................................................
Pavement Marker Placement And Removal
Placement .............................................................................................................
Temporary Traffic Control Devices
Temporary Traffic Pavement Markers ..................................................................
Temporary Traffic Slgnlng ....................................................................................
Traffic Signs ..........................................................................................................
.....................................................................................
........................................................................
..
..
63
64
64
64
67
69
69
70
74
94
95
113
123
132
132
134
133
135
136
137
138
138
139
Contract No 3369-2A P,qnn A nf 114 Pnnoc
CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA
NOTICE INVITING BIDS
Until 4:OO D.m. on January 29.2002, the City shall accept sealed bids, clearly marked as such, at the
Faraday Center, 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314, Attn: Purchasing Officer, by mail,
delivery service or by deposit in the Bid Box located in the first floor lobby, at which time they will be
opened and read, for performing the work as follows:
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
AVIARA PARKWAY AND KINGFISHER LANE
CONTRACT NO. 3369-2A
This bid and the terms of the Contract Documents and Supplemental Provisions constitute an
irrevocable offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 days and such additional
time as may be mutually agreed upon by the City of Carlsbad and the Bidder.
The work shall be performed in strict conformity with the plans and specifications as approved by the
City Council of the City of Carlsbad on file with the Engineering Department. The specifications for
the work include the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 1997 Edition. and the
1998 and 1999 supplements thereto, all hereinafter designated "SSPWC as issued by the Southern
California Chapter of the American Public Works Association and as amended by the supplemental
provisions sections of this contract. Reference is hereby made to the plans and specifications for full
particulars and description of the work.
The City of Carlsbad encourages the palticipation of minority and women-owned businesses.
The City of Carlsbad encourages all bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contractors to
utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved by the Engineer.
The City of Carlsbad may disqualify a contractor or subcontractor from participating in bidding when
a contractor or subcontractor has been debarred by the City of Carlsbad or another jurisdiction in the
State of California as an irresponsible bidder.
No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the Purchasing
bidder's security of the second and third next lowest responsive bidders may be withheld until the
Department. Each bid must be accompanied by security in a form and amount required by law. The
Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful bidders shall be
returned to them, or deemed void, within ten (10) days after the Contract is awarded. Pursuant to the
provisions of law (Public Contract Code section 10263), appropriate securities may be substituted for
any obligation required by this notice or for any monies withheld by the City to ensure performance
under this Contract. section 10263 of the Public Contract Code requires monies or securities to be
deposited with the City or a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent. The
escrow agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the agent in
connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount not less than $100,000
per contract.
G 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 5 of 139 Pages
The documents which comprise the Bidder's proposal and that must be completed and properly
executed including notarization where indicated are:
2. 1.
3.
4.
5.
6. 7.
Contractor's Proposal Bidder's Bond Non-Collusion Affidavit Designation of Subcontractors and Amount of Subcontractor Bid Designation of Owner OperatodLessors 8 Amount of Owner Operator/Lessor Work
Bidder's Statement of Financial Responsibility Bidder's Statement of Technical Ability and Experience
8. Acknowledgement of Addendum(a)
9. Certificate of Insurance. The riders covering the City, its officials, employees and volunteers may be omitted at the time of bid submittal but shall be provided by the Bidder prior to award of this contract. 10.Bidder's Statement Re Debarment
11. Bidder's Disclosure Of Discipline Record 12.Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits -
wishes to use the Escrow Agreement for (optional, must be completed if the Bidder
Security)
All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's Estimate. The estimated quantities are
approximate and serve solely as a basis for the comparison of bids. The Engineer's Estimate is
$95,000.
Except as provided herein a bid submitted to the City by a Contractor who is not licensed as a
contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and
shall be rejected by the City. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall
be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. Where
federal funds are involved the contractor shall be properly licensed at the time the contract is
awarded. In all other cases the contractor shall state their license number, expiration date and
classification in the proposal, under penalty of perjury. This invitation to bid does not involve federal
funds. The following classifications are acceptable for this contract: A and C10 only.
If the Contractor intends to utilize the escrow agreement included in the contract documents in lieu of
the usual 10% retention from each payment, these documents must be completed and submitted
with the signed contract. The escrow agreement may not be substituted at a later date.
Sets of plans, supplemental provisions, and Contract documents may be obtained at the Cashier's
Counter of the Faraday Center located at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California 92008-7314,
for a non-refundable fee of $15 per set. If plans and specifications are to be mailed, the cost for
postage should be added.
Any prospective bidder who is in doubt as to the intended meaning of any part of the drawings,
specifications or other contract documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from the drawings
and specifications may submit to the Engineer a written request for clarification or correction. Any response will be made only by a written addendum duly issued by the Engineer a copy of which will
be mailed or delivered to each person receiving a set of the contract documents. No oral response
will be made to such inquiry. Prior to the award of the contract, no addition to, modification of
or interpretation of any provision in the contract documents will be given by any agent,
employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad except as hereinbefore specified. No bidder
may rely on directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the City of Carlsbad
except as hereinbefore specified.
The City of Carlsbad reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or
informality in such bids.
E"s 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 6 of 139 Pages
- The general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract
__ 1773, and 1773.1 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to section 1773.2 of the Labor Code, a current copy
shall be those as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations pursuant to the sections 1770,
of applicable wage rates is on file in the Office of the City Engineer. The Contractor to whom the
Contract is awarded shall not pay less than the said specified prevailing rates of wages to all workers
employed by him or her in the execution of the Contract.
The Prime Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of section 1777.5
of the Labor Code and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and
~. Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The City Engineer is the City's "duly authorized officer" for the
purposes of section 4107 and 4107.5.
The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, of the Labor Code commencing with section 1720 shall apply to
the Contract for work.
A pre-bid meeting and tour of the project site will not be held.
All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in this
proposal, times the unit price as submitted by the bidder. In case of a discrepancy between words
extension shall be calculated and the bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the
basis of the corrected totals.
All prices must be in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and typed or
written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a person authorized to sign for the Contractor.
Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all addenda and receipt thereof one day prior to
bidding. Submission of bids without acknowledgment of addenda may be cause of rejection of bid.
The Contractor shall provide bonds to secure faithful performance and warranty of the work in an
amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price on this project. The Contractor
shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount equal to:
-
-
~- and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of an error in the extension of a unit price, the corrected
-
-
~.
" 1) One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract when the
" amount payable is not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000) and does not exceed ten million
- exceeds ten million dollars ($10,000,000).
total amount payable does not exceed five million dollars ($5,000,000).
2) Fifty percent (50%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract when the total
dollars ($10,000,000).
3) Twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract if the contract
These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this project, and shall extend in
full force and effect and be retained by the City until they are released as stated in the Supplemental
Provisions section of this contract. All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier
admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed
their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to be
accompanied by the following documents:
instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so.
1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other
2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner.
-
-
- -
a 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 7 of 139 Pages
~ ~~
i
quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Article 10 (commencing with
If the bid is accepted, the City may require copies of the insurer's most recent annual statement and
.- section 900) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the Insurance Code, within 10 calendar days of
.~ the insurer's receipt of a request to submit the statements.
Insurance is to be placed with insurers that:
2) Are admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in the State of California by the
- 1) Have a rating in the most recent Best's Key Rating Guide of at least A-:V
Insurance Commissioner.
- Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this contract must:
1) Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies.
2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned,
non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. The auto insurance certificate
must state the coverage is for "any auto" and cannot be limited in any manner.
- Workers' compensation insurance required under this contract must be offered by a company
meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best's rating condition is waived. The City
does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for workers'
.. . compensation insurance.
The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any additional
- cost of said insurance shall be included in the bid price.
The award of the contract by the City Council is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the
- ." required bonds and insurance, as described in the contract, within twenty days of bid opening. If the
third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited.
Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the City may award the contract to the second or
The prime contractor and all subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of
Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the contract.
-
- Approved by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, by Resolution No. 2001-347,
adopted on the 4Ih day of December, 2001.
"
1 211 7/01 - Date RUTH FLETCHER, Deputy Ci Clerk
"
1 211 7/01
- Date
Mxj&
RUTH FLETCHER, Deputy Ci Clerk
" G 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 8 of 139 Paaes
L
CITY OF CARLSBAD
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
AVIARA PARKWAY AND KINGFISHER LANE
CONTRACT NO. 3369-2A
- City Council
City of Carlsbad
1200 Carlsbad Village Drive .- . Carlsbad, California 92008
I-
/-29-62 -
DATE SIGNATURE
The undersigned declares he/she has carefully examined the location of the work, read the Notice
" Inviting Bids, examined the Plans, Specifications, Supplemental Provisions and addenda thereto,
and hereby proposes to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, and services required
to do all the work to complete Contract No. 3369-2A in accordance with the Plans, Specifications,
- Supplemental Provisions and addenda thereto and that he/she will take in full payment therefor the
following unit prices for each item complete, to wit:
Approximate
Quantity Unit - Price Total DescriDtion
1 Tramc Signal System at Aviara Parkway And Kingfisher Lane Complete In Place
d bIO/lDn q@m Dollars (Lump Sum)
" Total amount of bid in words: e+k i-bN-~ 161 GUT "6~>soelo . w dO/Ico &5t-rcs
- Total amount of bid in numbers: $ \ 0 8. GCO. CQ
Price@) given above are firm for 90 days after date of bid opening.
Addendum(a) No(s). NONE " haslhave been received and islare included in this
proposal.
The Undersigned has carefully checked all of the above figures and understands that the City will not
be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this bid.
The Undersigned agrees that in case of default in executing the required Contract with necessary
Council of the City of Carlsbad, the City may administratively authorize award of the contract to the
second or third lowest bidder and the bid security of the lowest bidder may be forfeited.
$1
z.
"~
- bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) days from the date of award of Contract by the City
@ 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 9 of 139 Pages
” The Undersigned bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do
- license number f 47 9 3 \ , classification c.\o which expires on
business or act in the capayty of a contractor within the State of Californipvalidly licensed under
%%dw&pq,ep
and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of
- A bid submitted to the CI by a Contractor who is not licensed as a contractor pursuant to the
5 7028,15(e). In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the City
by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time
the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed. Public Contract Code 5 20104.
The Undersigned bidder hereby represents as follows:
1. That no Council member, officer agent, or employee of the City of Carlsbad is personally
interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid hereunder; that no
representation, oral or in writing, of the City Council, its officers, agents, or employees has inducted
himlher to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the
papers made a part hereof by its terms; and
2. That this bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a bid for the
same work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud.
Accompanying this proposal is \DDF.RS bQND
Cashier‘s Check) for ten percent (10%) of the amount bid.
The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every
employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in
accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before
commencing the performance of the work of this Contract and continue to comply until the contract is
complete.
. .~
-
-
- I, I1 (Cash, Certified Check, Bond or
.~ e
.-
- The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of the Labor Code, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 2, relative
to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the
Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions. -
L
a 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 10 of 139 Pages
~~
IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE:
(1) Name under which business is conducted
(2) Signature (given and surname) of proprietor
(3) Place of Business
(Street and Number)
City and State
(4) Zip Code Telephone No.
"
IF A PARTNERSHIP, SIGN HERE:
(1) Name under which business is conducted
(2) Signature (given and surname and character of partner) (Note: Signature must be made by a
general partner)
L
(3) Place of Business
(Street and Number)
City and State
(4) Zip Code Telephone No.
IF A CORPORATION, SIGN HERE:
(1) Name under which business is conducted
S=W€-rA (Title)
RY / TR-SaRGR "__
Impress Corporate fsai here
(3) Incorporated under the laws of the State of LFQ~LP,
(4) Place of Business 9eO\ \SAAC SO\"€ B
(Zeet and Number)
City and State %&.WUE . Cb.
(5) Zip Code S'207t Telephone No. 6\9. 449. -45
Q 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 11 of 139 Pages
-
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE - ATTACHED -
List below names of president, vice president, secretary and assistant secretary. if a corporation; if a
partnership, list names of all al partners, and managing partners:
TODD PE.RUY &?fly .x.
mES\DuST
%T[T At-lo€RSoU -- V\ce FR€S\D&NT
QECUETATi / TeGASuREG
L
9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paoe 12 of 139 Paoes -~ ~~
. .. .
State of California
county of Si4-l ih- } ss.
Kersonally known to me
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the person(s) whose name(s) islare
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that helshelthey executed
the same in hislherltheir authorized
capacity(ies), and that by hislherltheir
signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or
the entity upon behalf of which the person(s)
acted, executed the instrument.
Place Notary Seal Above IW lure of Notary Pvbllc
OPTIONA
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable lo persons relying on the documenl
and could prevent fraudulent removal and reaffachmenl of this form 10 anolher document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
Signer's Name:
0 Individual
0 Corporate Officer - Title@):
0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General i 0 Attorney in Fact
0 Trustee
0 Guardian or Conservator
Other:
BID SECURITY FORM
(Check to Accompany Bid)
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
AVIARA PARKWAY AND KINGFISHER LANE
CONTRACT NO. 3369-2A
(NOTE: The following form shall be used if check accompanies bid.)
...
- Accompanying this proposal is a 'Certified 'Cashiers check payable to the order of CITY OF
CARLSBAD, in the sum of - dollars ($ ),
this amount being ten'percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid. The proceeds of this check shall
become the property of the City provided this proposal shall be accepted by the City through action
of its legally constituted contracting authorities and the undersigned shall fail to execute a contract
and furnish the required Performance, Warranty and Payment Bonds and proof of insurance
coverage within the stipulated time; otherwise, the check shall be returned to the undersigned. The
his or her bid within the period of fifteen (15) days after the date set for the opening thereof, unless
otherwise required by law, and notwithstanding the award of the contract to another bidder.
-
". proceeds of this check shall also become the property of the City if the undersigned shall withdraw
BIDDER
'Delete the inappttcable word. - (NOTE: If the Bidder desires to use a bond instead of check, the Bid Bond form on the following pages shall be executed-the sum of this bond shall be not less than ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid.)
e 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 13 of 139 Pages
~
.
PERRY ELECTRIC '""
STATEMENT OF TECHNICAL ABILITY AND
EXPERIENCE
City of Murrieta-Ken Burris- (909) 698-1040 Traffic Signal Installation
City of Escondido-Tom Norton- (760) 839-4664 Street Lighting System
City of Encinitas- Leroy Bodas- (760) 633-2704 Traffic Signal InstaUation
City of Solana Beach- Joe Asunciou- (858) 720-2476 Traffic Signal Installation
City of San Diego- Itiel Doran- (858) 627-3238 Traffic Signal Installation
City of Carlsbad- Lloyd Hubbs- (760) 4381161 Traff~c Signal Installation
City of National City- Din Daneshfar- (619) 336-4387 Fiber Optic Interconnect
City of Chula Vista- Kirk Ammerman- (619) 476-5380 Traffic Signal Installation
City of El Cajon- Gary Scott- (619) 441-1653 Traffic Signal Installation
County of San Diego- Gil Scott- (858) 874-4075 Traffic Signal Installation
Caltrans District 11-Vince Barnes- (858) 467-4094 Traffic Signal Installation
- City of Santee- Dennis Barnes- (619) 2584100 Traffic Signal Installation
BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL
CONTRACT NO. 3369-2A TRAFIC SIGNAL AT AVIARA PARKWAY AND KINGFISHER LANE
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
That we, DBA: PERRY ELECTRIC
as Surety are held and firmly bound unto the city of Car@#dp&&i%p an amount as follows: (must be at least ten percent (10%) of the bid amount) payment, well and tnrly made, we bind OUWEIVES. o3eir8, %%tom and administrators.
for which
successors or assigns, Jointly and severally. firmly by these presents.
ME CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the prOpO8al of the
o/r 42 YIaL
T & M EEECTRIC, INC. FIDELITY AND GUARANTY , as Principal, and INSURANCE COMPANY K7-
TFP 'P DTn
abovebounden Principal for: commcT NO. 3369.2~
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT AVIAM PARKWAY AND KINGFISHER LANE
in the City of Carlsbad, is accepted by the City Council, and if the Principal shall duly enter into and execute a Contract including required bonds and insurance policies within twenty (20) de S from the dale of award of Contract by the Ci Council of the City of Carlsbad. being duly noti EI ed Of said award. then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the amount specified herein shall be forfeited to the said City. In the event Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of Principal shal! not exonerate the Surety from its Dbligations under this bond,
Executed by PRINCIPAL this 28TH day of JANUARY ,2002,
- - . . . . - . . . . . . .
PRINCIPAL:. T & M ELECTRIC, INC.
(print name here)
SECRETARY/ -T & M ELECTRIC, INC.
(lib and Organiraon of SiQnatory)
TREASURER DBA: PERRY ELECTRIC
> TODD PERRY
PRESIDENT DBA: PERRY ELECTRIC T L M ELECTRIC, INC.
(title and organization of signatory)
Executed by SURETY this 28TH
Of JANUARY ,20&. day
SURETY:
FIDELITY AND GUARANTY INSURANCE COMPANY
(name of Surety)
P.O. BOX 14245 ORANGE, CA 92863
(address of Surety)
714 620-1200
(printed name of Attorney-in-Fad)
KAREN JEAN HALL, ATTORNEY-IN-FAC,T
(Attach earponte resolution ahowing current power of attorney,]
(Proper notarial scknowledgment of arecution by PRINCIPAL and SURETY must be attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant seuetary must sign for WrpOraUOnS. If OnV One 0ffI-r slgns. lhc corporation musl attach a resolution ceMed by the secretary or assistant secretary under Wrpomk
Seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.)
APPROVED AS TO FORM: RONALD R. BALL Cltv Aaomev
a DllllOO Contract No 3369-2A Paae jA of 139 Paoes
On 1'28/2002 before me, JOHN G. MALONEY, NOTARY PUBLIC
OAT€ NAME, TITLE OF OFFICER - E G ,"JANE OOE. NOTARY PUBLIC
personally appeared HUBERT PERRY, KAREN JEAN HALL
NAMEIS) OF SIGNER(S1
Q personally known to me - OR - 0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence
to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are
subscribed to the within instrument and ac-
knowledged to me that he/she/they executed
the same in his/her/their authorized
capacity(ies), and that by hislherltheir
or the entity upon behalf of which the
signature(s) on the instrument the person@),
person(s) acted, executed the instrument.
WITNESS my hand and official seal,
Ls;/- [ SIGNATURE OF NOTARY \
CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER
Though Statute &e$ not require the Notaw to
fill in the data below. doing so may Prove
mvaluable lo persons relying on the document. 17 INDIVIDUAL
CORPORATE OFFICER(S) v TlTLEfSi 0 PARTNEWS) LIMITED
GENERAL
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
0 TRUSTEE(S) 0 GUARDIAN/CONSERVATOR
01 OTHER:
SIGNER IS REPRESENTING:
NAME OF PERSONiS) OR ENTlTYilESl
-
OPTIONAL SECTION
THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE ATTACHED TO TITLE OR TYPE OF DOCUMENT
THE DOCUMENT DESCRIBED AT RIGHT:
6 NUMBER OF PAGES DATE OF DOCUMENT
Though the data requested here is not required by law, it Could re vent fraudulent reattachment 01 lhls form. SIGNER(S) OTHER THAN NAMED ABOVE
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Seaboard Surety Company
St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company
St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, he.
St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company
United Slates Fidelity and Guaranly Company
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company
Power of Attorney No. 22563 Certificate No. 995919
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, and that
St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardid" lnsurancc Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are curporations duly organized under
the laws of the State of Minnesota, and that United Stiltea Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland. and
that Fidelity and Guaranty lnsumncr Company is a corporation duly organized under thc laws uf the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance
Undcrwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organimd under the laws of the State of Wisconain (hercin cdiecrivciy cded the "Cnmpunier"J. and that the Companies do
hcreby make, constitute and appoint
John G. Maloney, Helen Maloney, Mark D. Iatarola and Karen Jean Hall
Escondido California
of the City of , State
each in their separate capacity if more than onc is named above, to bign its name as surety to, and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bond% unden&ings,
,their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact.
contracts and other written imfmmenta in the nature thereof on behalf of the Cumpanies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persona, guaranteeing the
performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undenakinfs requid or pwmittcd in any actions or proceeding, allowed by law.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Companies have caused this instrumeql pbe*?igned ;td k;ed thin ' 30th day of May
1. , <. 2001
1, ~. ,. .. ,-
Seaboard Surety Company ' . . '
'\ *
L.2
Sl. Paul Fire and Marine 1ns1&~E toyany '' , ' ' Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company
' , United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company
St. Paul Guardian Insurancb cO&ppy- s
St. Paul Mercury Insurance CompaJty 1 ' in
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.
1 .L ,. ~, ,. ,
State of Maryland U
City of Baltimore THOMAS E. HUIBREGTSE. Assislant Secretary
On this 30th day of May , , before me, the undenigned officer, personally appeared John F. Phinney and
Thomas E. Huibregtae. who acknowledged themselves to be the Vice President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Seaboard Surety Company. St. Paul Fire and
Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwritera, Inc.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the corporate seals of
Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company. Fidelity and
said Companics: and that they, as such, being authorized so to do. executed the foregoing instrument for the purpuses therein contained by signing the names of the
corporations by themiclves as duly authorized officers.
In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.
My Commission expires the 13th day of July, 2002.
*R"e"a.r+
REBECCA EASLEY-ONOKALA. Nofary Public
86203 Rev. 7-2000 Printed in U.S.A. ,
This Power of Attorney is granted under and by the authority oithe following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul
Fire and Marine Insurance Company. St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company. United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company,
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty lnsurancc Underwriters, Inc. on September 2, 1998. which resolutions are now in full force and
RESOLVED, that in connection with the fidelity and surety insurance business of the Company, all bands, undenakings, on tracts and other instruments relating -- i
accordance with these resolutions. Said Power(s) of Attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be execured in the name and on behalf of the
to said business may be signed, executed, and acknowledged by persons or entities appointed as Attomey(s1-in-Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney issued in
Company, either by the Chairman, or the President. or any Vice President. or an Assistant Vice President. jointly with the Secretary or an AsniTtant Secretary,
under their respective designations. The signature of such officers may be engraved, printed oc lithographed. The signature of each of rh~ furegoing officers and
the seal 01 the Company may be affixed by faciimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Attomey(sJ~in~Fact for purposes
only of executing and atteating bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and subject to any limitations set forth therein, any
such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or fxsirnile ~eal >hill1 be valid and binding upon the Company, and my such power so ene-
cuted and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile aeal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which
it is validly attached: and
Attorney issued them. to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company and lo attach the seal of the Company IO any and all bonds and undertakings, and other
RESOLVED FURTHER, that Attomey(s)-in-Fact shall have the power and authority, and, in my case, subject to the terms and limitations oi the Power of
Executive Officer and sealed and attested to by the Secretary of the Company.
writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by such Attorney(s)-in-Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by an
effect, reading BS fdows:
I, Thomas E. Huibregtae, Assistant Secretary or Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company. St. Paul Gwardian Insurance Company,
St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United Statel Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty lnwmnce Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty lnsurmce
Underwriters. Inc. do hereby certify that the abave and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney cxecuted by said Companies. which is in full inrce
and effect and has not been revoked.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, 1 hereunto set my hand this 28TH day of JAi'IUARy .- 2002
To verifr the authenticity of lhis Power of Attorney, crrll l-800-421.3880 6nd orkforlhe Pokr of Allorney clerk. Please refer lo the Power of Anorney number,
the above-named individuals and Ihe delnils of the bond to which lhe pmve, is nnoched.
~
.
State of California 1
County of DiqO ,
personally known to me
proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the person(s) whose name(s) islare
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that helshelthey executed
the same in hislherltheir authorized
capacity(ies), and that by hislherltheir
the entity upon behalf of which the person(s)
signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or
acted, executed the instrument.
WITNESS my hank apbofficial seal.
OPTIONAL
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable fo persons relying on the document
and could Prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.
Title or Type of Document:
Description of Attached Document
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Signer@) Other Than Named Above:
Capacity(&.) Claimed by Signer
Signer's Name:
0 Individual
0 Corporate Officer - Title@):
0 Partner - 0 Limited 0 General
0 Attorney in Fad
0 Trustee
0 Guardian or Conservator
0 Other:
Signer Is Representing: u
GUIDE FOR COMPLETING ! - THE "DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND
AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTORS BID ITEMS"
AND
"DESIGNATION OF OWNER OPERATOWLESSOR AND
AMOUNT OF OWNER OPERATOWLESSOR WORK FORMS
disclosure forms Bidders are urged to review the definitions in section 1-2 of the SSPWC and of the
REFERENCES Prior to preparation of the following Subcontractor and Owner Operator/Lessor
"Contract Price", "Contract Unit Price", "Engineer", "Subcontractor" and "Work" and the definitions in
Supplemental Provisions to this Contract especially, "Bid, "Bidder", "Contract", "Contractor",
section 1-2 of the Supplemental Provisions especially "Own Organization" and "Owner Operator/Lessor." Bidders are further urged to review sections 2-3 SUBCONTRACTS of the
SSPWC and section 2-3.1 of these Supplemental Provisions.
CAUTIONS These forms will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the
information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive. Any bid that proposes performance Bidder proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct
of more than 50 percent of the work by subcontractors or owner operator/lessors or otherwise to be performed by forces other than the Bidder's own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of work that may be so designated by the Engineer on the "Contractor's Proposal" are not included in computing the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the Bidder.
INSTRUCTIONS The Bidder shall set forth the name and location of business of each and every
subcontractor or Owner Operator/Lessor who the Bidder proposes to perform work or labor or render
service in or about the work or improvement, and every subcontractor or Owner Operator/Lessor
licensed as a contractor by the State of California who the Bidder proposes to specially fabricate and install any portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or ten
subcontractor(s) shall be set forth and included as an integral part of the bid offer.
manpower and equipment that it proposes to use to complete the Work. Additional copies of the Bidder shall use separate disclosure forms for each Subcontractor or Owner OperatodLessor of
forms must be attached if required to accommodate the Contractor's decision to use more than one Subcontractor or Owner Operator/Lessor. All items of information must be completely filled out. These forms must be submitted as a part of the Bidder's sealed bid. Failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the bid as non-responsive.
, -
~ thousand dollars ($10,000) whichever is greater. Said name@) and location(s) of business of
I I Neither the amount, in dollars, of work performed by the Bidder's own forces (as Contractor) nor the Bidder's overhead and profit for subcontracted items of the work is included to compute the
percentage of the work performed by Subcontractors or Owner Operators/Lessors.
When the Bidder proposes that any bid item will installed by a Subcontractor or Owner
Operator/ Lessor must be entered under the columns "Amount of Subcontracted Bid Item Including Subcontractor's Overhead & Profit" or " Amount of Owner Operator/Lessor Bid Item Including Owner
Operator/Lessor's Overhead & Profit " unless the dollar amount of all work performed by any
I OperatorlLessor the amount, in dollars, of the bid item installed by each Subcontractor or Owner
I
I Subcontractor or Owner OperatorlLessor is less than one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's
c total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000) whichever is greater. If a Subcontractor or Owner
Operator/Lessor installs or constructs any portion of a bid item the entire amount of the Contract Unit Price, less the Bidder's overhead and profit, shall be multiplied by the Quantity of the bid item that the
Subcontractor or Owner Operator/Lessor installs to compute the amount of work so installed.
Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of work are not subcontractors. The value of
materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of work, as shown on the plans,
shall be assigned to the Contractor, the Subcontractor, or the Owner Operator/Lessor, as the case
may be, that the Bidder proposes as installer of said materials. The value of material incorporated in
any Subcontractor or Owner OperatodLessor installed bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be
Owner OperatodLessor installing said item.
included as a part of the work that the Bidder proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor or
The item number from the "CONTRACTORS PROPOSAL" (Bid Sheets) shall be entered in the "Bid
Item No." column.
When a Subcontractor or Owner OperatodLessor has a Carlsbad business license the number must
be entered on the form. If the Subcontractor does not have a valid business license enter "NONE" in
the appropriate space.
Bidders shall make any additional copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the
required information. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall be entered in
the location provided on each type of form so duplicated.
than 100 percent of a bid item the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the designation of
When the Bidder proposes using a subcontractor or owner operatodLessor to construct or install less
subcontractor or designation of Owner Operator/Lessor forms as applicable. The explanation sheet
shall be provided by the Contractor to clearly apprise the Agency of the specific facts that show the
Bidder proposes to perform no less than fifty percent (50%).of the work with its own forces.
-
- Determination of the subcontract and Owner Operator/Lessor amounts for purposes of award of the
contract shall determined by the City Council in conformance with the provisions of the contract
documents and the Supplemental Provisions. The decision of the City Council shall be final.
_"
"
DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR AND
AMOUNT OF SUBCONTRACTORS BID ITEMS
CONTRACT NO. 3369-2A
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT AVIARA PARKWAY AND KINGFISHER LANE
The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed subcontractor in preparing this
designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 bid for the Work and that the listed subcontractor will be used to perform the portions of the Work as
et seq. of the Public Contracts Code "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional subcontractor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of than one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or ten thousand dollars
except upon the prior approval of the Agency. ($10,000) whichever is greater and that no changes in the subcontractors listed work will be made
Full Company Name of Subcontractor: ow MWN %TR~+IUG %W\I\UZ. t*\c .
Subcontractor's Location of Business 165 I p~wl CY Swss" Street Address .
Gua*\bG. ca. 92%~
city I State Zip
*Subcontractor's Telephone Number including Area Code: ( 7 \& ) 639 - b-
*Subcontractor's California State Contractors License No. and Classification: 346095 c.x
"Subcontractor's Carlsbad Business License No.: yf5 ?
SUBCONTRACTOR'S BID ITEMS*
Bid Item Including Item Performed by Overhead 8 Profit In
Explanation:
Column 2 -The dollar amount of the item to be performed by the Subcontractor. Column 1 - Bid Item No. from the bid proposal, pages 9 through 9. inclusive.
Column 3 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by Contractor's own forces. Column 4 - The dollar amount of the Contractor3 overhead and profit for work done by both the Contractor's and the
Total dollar amount of Columns 2, 3, and 4 must be equal to the dollar amount in the bid price of the item on bid proposal Subcontractor's forces on the item.
pages 9 through 9. inciusive.
Page of 1 pages of this Subcontractor Designation form
* Pursuant to section 4104 (s)(Z)(A) California Public Contract Code. receipt of the portions of the information preceded by an asterisk
required on this document may be submined by the Bidder up to 24 hours aflsr Ihe deadline for submining bids contained in the 'Notice Inviting Bids." e 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 17 of 139 Pages
DESIGNATION OF OWNER OPERATOWLESSOR AND
AMOUNT OF OWNER OPERATOWLESSOR WORK
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT AVIARA PARKWAY AND KINGFISHER LANE
The Bidder certifies that it has used the sub-bid of the following listed Owner Operator/Lessor in preparing this bid for the Work and that the listed Owner OperatodLessor will be used to perform the portions of the Work as designated in the list in accordance with applicable provisions of the specifications and section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act." The Bidder further certifies that no additional Owner OperatodLessor will be allowed to perform any portion of the Work in excess of than one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($1 0,000) whichever is greater and that no changes in the Owner Operator/Lessors listed work will be made except upon the prior approval of the Agency.
Full Owner Operator/Lessor Name: " do* "
Owner Operator/Lessor Location of Business
CONTRACT NO. 3369-2A
Street Address
'Owner Operator/Lessor Telephone Number including Area Code: ( ) -
'Owner Operator/Lessor City of Carlsbad Business License No.:
OWNER OPERATOWLESSOR WORK ITEMS
Item Performed by Amount of Contractor's
I I$ II
I I$ I$ I$ I I I$ I$ I$ I
Column 1 - Bid Item No. from the bid oroDosal. Daaes 9 throuah 9. inclusive. ExDlanation:
Column 2 - The dollar amount of the hem to be 'wiiormed by The Owner OperatorlLessor. Column 3 - The dollar amount of the item to be performed by Contractots own forms. Column 4 - The dollar amount of the Contractor's overhead and profit for work done by both the Contractor's and the Owner OperatorILessor's forces on the item. Total dollar amount of Columns 2, 3, and 4 must be equal to the dollar amount in the bid price of the item on bid proposal pages 9 through 9. inclusive.
Page of pages of this Owner OperatodLessor form
* Pursuant to section 4104 (a)(Z)(A) California Public Contract Code, receipt of the portions of the information preceded by an astebk required on this document may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours afier the deadline for Submining bids wnlained in the 'Notice Inviting Bids."
9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 18 of 139 Paaes
BIDDERS STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
(To Accompany Proposal)
CONTRACT NO. 3369"
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT AVIARA PARKWAY AND KINGFISHER LANE
Copies of the latest Annual Report, audited financial statements or Balance Sheets may
submitted under separate cover marked CONFIDENTIAL.
be
a 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 19 of 139 Paoes
- CONFIDENTIAL
MALOY, ROSNER & BROWN, LLP
CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS - 3925 NORMAL STRER * SAN LhEco, CALIFORNIA 92103. (619) 295-1032 FAX (619) 295-0129 EMAK GENERALMAI&MRUCPA.COM .
To the Board of Directors
T & M Electric, Inc.
Santee, California
I
We have reviewed the balance sheet of T & M Electric, Inc. as of February 28, 2001, and the
related statements of operations and retained earnings and cash flows for the year then ended,
in accordance with Statements on Standards for Accounting and Review Services issued by the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. All information included in these financial
statements is the representation of the management of T & M Electric, Inc.
A review consists principally of inquiries of company personnel and analytical procedures
applied to financial data. It is substantially less in scope than an audit in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion
regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an
opinion.
Based upon our review, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to
the accompanying financial statements in order for them to be in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
Our review was made for the purpose of expressing limited assurance that there are no material
modifications that should be made to the financial statements in order for them to be in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The information included in the
accompanying Schedules 1 through 5 is presented only for supplementary analysis purposes.
Such information has been subjected to the inquiry and analytical procedures applied in the
review of the basic financial statements, and we are not aware of any material modifications
that should be made thereto.
June 1,200 1 U
,"-
T&M ELECTRIC, INC.
BALANCE SHEET
February 28,2001
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash
Contracts receivable (Note 3)
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings
Prepaid taxes
Prepaid expenses
on contracts in progress (Note 4)
Total current assets
Property and equipment:
Vehicles
Tools and equipment
Office equipment
.4ccumulated depreciation
Net property and equipment
Other assets:
Other
Total other assets
Total assets
$ 113,326
119,907
64,422
13,200
28 1
311,136
345,635
226,210
5,784
577,629
(185,730)
391,899
2,510
2,510
$ 705,545
See Accompanying Notes and Accountants' Review Report
n
c . T&M ELECTRIC, INC.
BALANCE SHEET
Februaty 28,2001
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings
Accrued expenses
Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 5)
Deferred tax liability, current (Note. 6)
on contracts in progress (Note 4)
Total current liabilities
Other liabilities:
Long-term debt, less current maturities (Note 5)
Deferred tax liability, non-current (Note 6)
Total other liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 5,6, 8,9 and 10)
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock - $100 par value; 10,000 shares authorized
Retained earnings
1,100 shares issued and outstanding (Note 7)
Total stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$ 172,135
133,702
8,812
64,900
86,500
466,049
53,108
43,600
96,708
562,757
110,000
32,788
142,788
$ 705,545
See Accompanying Notes and Accountants' Review Report
3
BIDDERS STATEMENT OF
TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE
(To Accompany Proposal)
CONTRACT NO. 3369-2A
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT AVIARA PARKWAY AND KINGFISHER LANE
The Bidder is required to state what work of a similar character to that included in the proposed
Contract he/she has successfully performed and give references, with telephone numbers, which will
enable the City to judge hislher responsibility, experience and skill. An attachment can be used.
?@ 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 20 of 139 Paaes
BIDDERS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE FOR
GENERAL LIABILITY, EMPLOYERS’ LIABILITY, AUTOMOTIVE
LIABILITY AND WORKERS’ COMPENSATION
(To Accompany Proposal)
CONTRACT NO. 3369-2A
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT AVIARA PARKWAY AND KINGFISHER LANE
As a required part of the Bidder’s proposal the Bidder must attach either of the following to this page.
1) Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements herein for each of:
0 Comprehensive General Liability
0 Automobile Liability
0 Workers Compensation
0 Employer’s Liability
2) Statement with an insurance carrier’s notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and upon
payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder Policies of insurance for
Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation and Employer’s
Liability in conformance with the requirements herein and Certificates of insurance to the Agency
showing conformance with the requirements herein.
All certificates of insurance and statements of willingness to issue insurance for auto policies offered
to meet the specification of this contract must:
1) Meet the conditions stated in The Notice Inviting Bids, the Standard Specifications for Public
Works Construction and the Supplemental Provisions for this project for each insurance company
that the Contractor proposes.
2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned,
non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. The auto insurance certificate
must state the coverage is for “any auto” and cannot be limited in any manner.
e 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 21 of 139 Paoes
~&,RD lM CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE IMMIDDIW)
Westland Insurance Brokers
3838 Camino Del Rio North 11315
HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW.
I" 0. Box 85481
n Diego, CA 92186-5481 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE
INSURED T&M Electric, Inc.
dba: Perry Electric
9201 Isaac st. ste. B
Santee, CA 92071
INSURERA General Accident Insurance Company+L&r&
INSURERB: Commercial Union Insurance Company,&/ ph
INSURERC: State Compensation Insurance Fund
INSURER D:
INSURER E: I COVERAGES
THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMEOABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WlTH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECTTO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
ALL OWNED AUTOS
SCHEDULEDAUTOS
NON-OWNEDAUTOS
T
R ANY AUTO
I
EXCESS LlbALIN 3 OCCUR 0 CLNMS MADE
DEDUCTIBLE
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY 49661601
OTHER
B &ut0 Physical Damage CAAT49Z07
06/01/2001
06/01/2001
06/01/2001
I
IE: Traffic signal at Aviara Parkway and Kingsfisher Lane, Prl
rdditional Insured per attached general liability endorsement.
DESCRlPllON OF OPERATIONSILDCATIDNSNEHlCLESIEXCLUSlONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENTISPECIAL PROW!
unmTmKml"N DATE (MMIDWW)
06/01/2002 EACHOCCURRENCE
LIMITS
S 1,000,000
FIRE DAMAGE (Any ma fin) S 50,000
MED EXP (my one person) S 5,000
PERSONALBADVINJURY S 1,000,000
GENEPALAGGREGATE S 2 ,000,000
PRODUCTS-COMPIOPAGG S 1,000,000
(Ea accidenl) 1,000,000
BODILY INJURY (Pa person)
BODILY INJURY (Per accident)
PROPERNDAMAGE (Per student)
AUTO ONLY: I
EACHOCCURRENCE S
AGGREGATE IS
s
S
06/01/2002 X ~T%$~?~I%~ I";n"-
EL. EACHACCIDENT
E.L.DlSEASE-EAEMPLOYEE 5 1,000,000
E.L.DlSEASE-POLICYLIMIT S 1,000,000
s 1,000,000
06/01/2002 $500 Ded. Comp
zct No. 3369-2A
EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF. THE ISSUING COMPANYWILLRWW MAIL
%DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, City of Carlsbad
Attn: Purchasing Dept.
Carlsbad, CA 92008-7314
1635 Faraday Ave.
CL246
(1 1/85)
NAMED INSURED: T 8 M ELECTRIC DBA: PERRY ELECTRIC
POLICY NUMBER: CPPl249553
POLICY PERIOD: JUNE 1,2001 TO JUNE 1,2002
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.
CGZOIO (11/85)
ADDITIONAL INSURED, OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS
(FORM B)
THIS ENDORSEMENT MODIFIES INSURANCE PROVIDED UNDER THE FOLLOWING:
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART:
SCHEDULE
NAME OF PERSON OR ORGANIZATION:
THE CITY OF CARLSBAD, ITS OFFICIALS, EMPLOYEES AND VOLUNTEERS ARE NAMED AS
ADDITIONAL INSURED HEREUNDER AS RESPECTS LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF ACTIVITIES
PERFORMED BY OR ON BEHALF OF THE NAMED INSURED.
(IF NO ENTRY APPEARS ABOVE, INFORMATION REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS ENDORSEMENT
WILL BE SHOWN IN THE DECLARATIONS AS APPLICABLE TO THIS ENDORSEMENT).
WHO IS AN INSURED (SECTION ill) IS AMENDED TO INCLUDE AS AN INSURED THE PERSON OR
ORGANIZATION SHOwn, IN THE SCHEDULE, BUT ONLY WITH RESPECT TO LlABILlTYARlSlNG
OUT OF "YOUR WORK" FOR THAT INSURED BY OR FOR YOU.
PRIMARY NON-CONTRIBUTORY CLAUSE, ITIS FURTHER AGREED THAT THE INSURANCE
PROVIDED BY THIS ENDORSEMENTIS PRIMARY. OTHER INSURANCE AFFORDED TO THE
ADDITIONAL INSURED SHALL BE EXCESS OF AND DOES NOT CONTRIBUTE WITH THE
INSURANCE PROVIDED BY THIS ENDORSEMENT.
BIDDERS STATEMENT RE DEBARMENT
(To Accompany Proposal)
CONTRACT NO. 3369-2A
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT AVIARA PARKWAY AND KINGFISHER LANE
1) Have you or any of your subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible bidder by another jurisdiction in the State of California?
/
Yes no
2) If yes, what washere the name(s) of the agency(ies) and what washere the period(s) of
debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than two debar- ments.
party debarred party debarred
agency agency
”
period of debarment period of debarment
By:
a 9/11/00
Page \ of i. pages ofthis Re Debarment form
Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 22 of 139 Paaes
~ ~~~
BIDDERS DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD
(To Accompany Proposal)
CONTRACT NO. 3369-2A
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT AVIARA PARKWAY AND KINGFISHER LANE
Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors' State License
patent act or omission is filed within four years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint
Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a
regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of the
date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a contractor may be referred to the
Registrar, Contractors' State License board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826.
1) Have you ever had your contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors'
State license Board two or more times within an eight year period?
L
Yes no
2) Has the suspension or revocation of your contractors license ever been stayed?
3) Have any subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their
contractor's license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors' State license Board two
or more times within an eight year period?
L/
Yes no
4) Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any subcontractor's that you propose to
perform any portion of the Work ever been stayed?
5) If the answer to either of 1. or 3. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party
disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertain to, describe the nature of
the violation and the disciplinary action taken therefor.
- (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.)
Page 1 of 2 pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form
9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A
BIDDERS DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD
(CONTINUED)
(To Accompany Proposal)
CONTRACT NO. 3369-2A
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT AVIARA PARKWAY AND KINGFISHER LANE
6) If the answer to either of 2. or 4. above is yes fully identify, in each and every case, the party
who’s discipline was stayed, the date of the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to,
describe the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action
was stayed.
(If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.)
BY CONTRACTOR:
\G
Page ‘L of ‘L pages of this Disclosure of Discipline form
G 9/11/00 Contract ~~ No. 3369-2A Paae 24 of 139 Paaes
NON-COLLUSION AFFiDAViT TO BE EXECUTED
BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 7106
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT AVIARA PARKWAY AND KINGFISHER LANE
CONTRACT NO. 3369-2A
State of California )
County of SA*\ D~EGO )
) ss.
uueYa7-r P-XY , being first duly sworn, deposes (Name of Bidder)
the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any
undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is
genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited
any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired,
connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain
from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement,
communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to
fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure
any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed
contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not,
directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation,
partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to
effectuate a collusive or sham bid.
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct and that this affidavit was
executed on the ZV" day of JprurapV ,20&.
SigMature of gidder
Subscribed and sworn to before me on the ZqT* day of JE*Jub@y ,2041.
(NOTARY SEAL)
a 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 25 of 139 Paaes
CONTRACT
PUBLIC WORKS
This agreement is made this 25% day of ctf$IL , 20a, by and
between the City of Carlsbad. California, a municipal corporation, (hereinafter called "City"),
c(2-01 \sp~c ST: s-rE.h swdTEE, CA. YZ-7 I (hereinafter
called "contractor").
City and Contractor agree as follows:
1. Description of Work. Contractor shall perform all work specified in the Contract documents
for:
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
AVIARA PARKWAY AND KINGFISHER LANE
CONTRACT NO. 3369-2A
(hereinafter called "project")
2. Provisions of Labor and Materials. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, tools,
equipment, and personnel to perform the work specified by the Contract Documents.
3. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Contract, Notice Inviting Bids,
Contractor's Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Designation of Subcontractors, Designation of Owner
Operator/Lessors, Bidder's Statements of Financial Responsibility, Technical Ability and Experience,
Re Debarment, Non-collusion Affidavit, Escrow Agreement, Release Form, the Plans and
Specifications, the Supplemental Provisions, addendum(s) to said Plans and Specifications and
Supplemental Provisions, and all proper amendments and changes made thereto in accordance with
this Contract or the Plans and Specifications, and all bonds for the project; all of which are
incorporated herein by this reference.
Contractor, hedhis subcontractors, and materials suppliers shall provide and install the work as
indicated, specified, and implied by the Contract Documents. Any items of work not indicated or
specified, but which are essential to the completion of the work, shall be provided at the Contractor's
expense to fulfill the intent of said documents. In all instances through the life of the Contract, the
City will be the interpreter of the intent of the Contract Documents, and the City's decision relative to
said intent will be final and binding. Failure of the Contractor to apprise subcontractors and materials
suppliers of this condition of the Contract will not relieve responsibility of compliance.
4. Payment. For all compensation for Contractor's performance of work under this Contract, City
shall make payment to the Contractor per section 9-3 PAYMENT of the Standard Specifications for
Public Works Construction (SSPWC) 1997 Edition, and the 1998 and 1999 supplements thereto,
hereinafter designated "SSPWC", as issued by the Southern California Chapter of the American
Public Works Association, and as amended by the Supplemental Provisions section of this contract.
The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress payments on the last working
day of each month.
43 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 26 of 139 Paaes
5. Independent Investigation. Contractor has made an independent investigation of the
jobsite, the soil conditions at the jobsite, and all other conditions that might affect the progress of the
work, and is aware of those conditions. The Contract price includes payment for all work that may be
done by Contractor, whether anticipated or not, in order to overcome underground conditions. Any
information that may have been furnished to Contractor by City about underground conditions or other job conditions is for Contractor's convenience only, and City does not warrant that the
conditions are as thus indicated. Contractor is satisfied with all job conditions, including underground
conditions and has not relied on information furnished by City.
6. Hazardous Waste or Other Unusual Conditions. If the contract involves digging
trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface Contractor shall
promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, notify City, in writing, of any:
A. Hazardous Waste. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste,
as defined in section 251 17 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class
I, Class II, or Class 111 disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law.
B. Differing Conditions. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those
indicated.
C. Unknown Physical Conditions. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual
nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in
work of the character provided for in the contract.
City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ,
or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in contractor's costs of, or the time
required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order under the procedures
described in this contract.
In the event that a dispute arises between City and Contractor whether the conditions materially
differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the contractor's cost of, or time
required for, performance of any part of the work, contractor shall not be excused from any
scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but shall proceed with all work to be
performed under the contract. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or
by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the contracting parties.
7. Immigration Reform and Control Act. Contractor certifies it is aware of the requirements
of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (8 USC sections 1101-1525) and has complied
and will comply with these requirements, including, but not limited to, verifying the eligibility for
employment of all agents, employees, subcontractors, and consultants that are included in this
Contract.
8. Prevailing Wage. Pursuant to the California Labor Code, the director of the Department of
Industrial Relations has determined the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in accordance with
California Labor Code, section 1773 and a copy of a schedule of said general prevailing wage rates
is on file in the ofice of the City Engineer, and is incorporated by reference herein. Pursuant to
California Labor Code, section 1775, Contractor shall pay prevailing wages. Contractor shall post
copies of all applicable prevailing wages on the job site.
G 9/11/00 Contract No 3369-2A Paoe 27 of 139 Panes
"
9. Indemnification. Contractor shall assume the defense of, pay all expenses of defense, and
injury and liability of every kind, nature and description, directly or indirectly arising from or in
indemnify and hold harmless the Ci, and its officers and employees, from all claims, loss, damage,
connection with the performance of the Contract or work; or from any failure or alleged failure of
Contractor to comply with any applicable law, rules or regulations including those relating to safety
and health; and from any and all claims, loss, damages, injury and liability, howsoever the same may
be caused, resulting directly or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the Contract, except
for loss or damage caused by the sole or active negligence or willful misconduct of the City. The
expenses of defense include all costs and expenses including attorneys' fees for litigation,
arbitration, or other dispute resolution method.
Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the
contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the City. Defense
costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests separate counsel.
Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the City against any challenges to the award of the
contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or misrepresentation by
the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense
costs for the City. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for City, if City requests
separate counsel.
10. Insurance. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance
against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection
with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives,
employees or subcontractors. Said insurance shall meet the City's policy for insurance as stated in
Resolution No. 91-403.
(A) Coverages And Limits Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum limits
indicted herein:
a. Comprehensive General Liability insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per
occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. If the policy has an aggregate limit, a separate
aggregate in the amounts specified shall be established for the risks for which the City or its agents,
officers or employees are additional insured.
b. Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident for
bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the
performance of the contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether
scheduled or non-scheduled. The auto insurance certificate must state the coverage is for "any
auto" and cannot be limited in any manner.
c. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers' Liability limits of $1,000,000
per incident. Workers' compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is
acceptable to the City.
(B) Additional Provisions. Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under
this agreement with the exception of Workers' Compensation and Business Automobile Liability
Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions.
a 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-ZA Paoe 28 of 139 Paaes
.- a. The City, its officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insured as
respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and
completed operations of the contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the
the City, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be
contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to
evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; one for each company
affording general liability, and employers' liability coverage.
b. The Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the City, its
officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its
officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the contractor's insurance and shall not
contribute with it.
c. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided
to the City, its officials, employees or volunteers.
d. Coverage shall state that the contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured
against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's
liability.
(C) Notice Of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this agreement shall be endorsed
to state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in
coverage or limits except after thirty (30) days' prior written notice has been given to the City by
certified mail, return receipt requested.
(D) Deductibles And Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self-insured
retention levels must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of the City, either: the
insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects the
City, its officials and employees; or the contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of
losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses.
(E) Waiver Of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this agreement shall contain a
waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the City or any of its
officials or employees.
(F) Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or
shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. Coverages for
subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein.
(G) Acceptability Of Insurers. Insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's
Key Rating Guide of at least A-:V. Insurers must also be authorized to transact the business of
insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a
listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under
the standards specified by the City Council in Resolution No. 91-403.
(H) Verification Of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance and
original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and
endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to
bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by the
City and are to be received and approved by the City before the Contract is executed by the City.
(I) Cost Of insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this agreement shall be included in the Contractor's bid.
*). ts 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paoe 29 of 139 Paaes
11. Claims and Lawsuits. All claims by contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in
accordance with the provisions in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with section 20104) which are incorporated by reference. A copy of Article 1.5 is
$375,000 to the City using the informal dispute resolution process described in Public Contract Code included in the Supplemental Provisions I section. The contractor shall initially submit all claims over
subsections 20104.2(a), (c), (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this section of the contract, all
claims shall comply with the Government Tort Claim Act (section 900 et seq., of the California
Government Code) for any claim or cause of action for money or damages prior to filing any lawsuit
for breach of this agreement.
(A) Assertion of Claims. Contractor hereby agrees that any contract claim submitted to the City
must be asserted as part of the contract process as set forth in this agreement and not in anticipation
of litigation or in conjunction with litigation.
(B) False Claims. Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the City, it may be
considered fraud and the Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution.
(C) Government Code. Contractor acknowledges that California Government Code sections
12650 et seq., the False Claims Act, provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a
false claim to a public entity. These provisions include false claims made with deliberate ignorance of
the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information.
(D) Penalty Recovery. If the City of Carlsbad seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False
Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorney‘s fees.
(E) Debarment for False Claims. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a false claim
may subject the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein the Contractor may
be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five years.
(F) Carlsbad Municipal Code. The provisions of Carlsbad Municipal Code sections 3.32.025,
3.32.026, 3.32.027 and 3.32.028 pertaining to false claims are incorporated herein by reference.
(G) Debarment from Other Jurisdictions. Contractor hereby acknowledges that debarment by
another jurisdiction is grounds for the City of Carlsbad to disqualify the Contractor or subcontrac-
tor from participating in future contract bidding.
(H) Jurisdiction. Contractor agrees and hereby stipulates that the proper venue and jurisdiction for
California.
resolution of any disputes between the parties arising out of this agreement is San Diego County,
I have read and understand all provisions of Section 11 above. !/*f init z e init
12. Maintenance of Records. Contractor shall maintain and make available at no cost to the
City, upon request, records in accordance with sections 1776 and 1812 of Part 7, Chapter 1,
Article 2, of the Labor Code. If the Contractor does not maintain the records at Contractor‘s
principal place of business as specified above, Contractor shall so inform the City by certified
letter accompanying the return of this Contract. Contractor shall notify the City by certified mail of
any change of address of such records.
13. Labor Code Provisions. The provisions of Part 7, Chapter 1, commencing with section 1720
of the Labor Code are incorporated herein by reference.
G 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 30 of 139 Paoes
14. Security. Securities in the form of cash, cashier's check, or certified check may be substituted
established by this contract. Any other security that is mutually agreed to by the Contractor and
the City may be substituted for monies withheld to ensure performance under this Contract.
. for any monies withheld by the City to secure performance of this contract for any obligation
- 15. Provisions Required by Law Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision of law and
clause required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and
included herein, and if, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or is not
-~. correctly inserted, then upon application of either party, the Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion or correction.
16. Additional Provisions. Any additional provisions of this agreement are set fwth in the
- "General Provisions" or "Supplemental Provisions" attached hereto and made a part hsreof.
NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES ws'r BE
- ATTACHED
(CORPORATE SEAL)
CONTRACTOR:
(print name and title)
- President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only
one officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant
secretary under the corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
..
- RONALD R. BALL
City Attorney
- " By : hvLdcR /u- - Deputy City Attorney
I
Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 31 of 139 Paqes
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
State of California
County of DIE-
personally appeared th6ERT %&e./ . TOPP fag\/ ' Nameis) of Signer131
gpersonally known to me
0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory
evidence
to be the person(s) whose name(s) islare
subscribed to the within instrument and
acknowledged to me that helshelthey executed
the same in hislherltheir authorized
capacity(ies), and that by hislherltheir
the entity upon behalf of which the person(s)
signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or
acted, executed the instrument.
Place Notary Seal Above
Though the information below is not required by -* law, """7 it may pro e valuable to persons relying on the document
and could prevent fraudulent removal and reanachment of this form to another document.
Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document:
Document Date: Number of Pages:
Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer
C Individual
Signer's Name:
C Corporate Officer - Title@):
C Partner - 0 Limited 0 General
0 Attorney in Fact
0 Guardian or Conservator
0 Other:
Signer Is Representing:
Trustee
EXECUTED IN DUPLICATE
BOND NO. SF1771
PREMIUM INCLUDED IN PERFORMANCE BOND
LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California. by Resolution No,
2002-064 , adopted MAXCH 5. 2002 , has awarded to
T E M ELECTRIC INC DBA: PERRY ELECTRIC
(hereinafter designated as the "Principal"). a Contract for:
AVIARA PARKWAY AND KINGFISHER LANE
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
CONTRACT NO. 3369-2A
in the City of Carlsbad. in strlct conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract
Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are
incorporated herein by this reference.
WHEREAS. Principal has executed or is about to execute said Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of their subcontractors shall fail to
pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon or about the
Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth. performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the
($ 108.000.00 ), said sum being an amount equal to:
One hundred percent (100%) of the total estimated amount payable under said contract by the City of Carlsbad under the terms of the contract when the total amount payable does not exceed five
million dollars ($5,000,000) or, Fifty percent (50%) of the total estimated amount payable under said contract by the City of Carlsbad under the terms of the contract when the total amount payable is not less than five million dollars
($5,000,000) and does not exceed ten million dollars (%iO.OOO.OOO) or. Twenty-five percent (25%) of the total estimated amount payable under said contract by the City of
Carisbad under the terms of the contract if the contract exceeds ten million dollars ($lO,OOO,ODO) and
for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administraton. successors. or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE COhDITlON OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the person or hidher subcontractors fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, supplies, or teams used in, upon, for, or about the
for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, or for performance of the work contracted to be done, Or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, or
any amounts required to be deducted, withheld. and paid over to the Employment Development
Department from the wages of employees of the contractor and subcontractors pursuant to section
13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work and labor that the Surety will
pay for the same, not to exceed the sum specified in the bond, and, also, in case suit is brought upon the bond, costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, to be fixed
by the court, as required by the provisions of section 3248 of the California Civil Code.
- -
\ POWER OF ATTORNEY
Seaboard Surety Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company
St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Com~anv Fidelitv and Guarantv Insurance Camoanv ,+ St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company
St. Paul Mercury Insurance company
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance tinderwrllers, he ..
Power of Altorney No. 22563 Certificate No. 995998
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York, and that
St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Cumpany, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company are corpurations duly organized under
the law? of the State of Minnesota, and thal United States Fidelity and Guarimty Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Maryland, and
that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of laws, and that Fidelity and Guaranty lnsurwce
hereby make, cunstitute and appoint
Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin (herein coiitwivuiy roiied the "Companies"), and that the Cornpanics do
I John G. Maloney, Helen Maloney, Mark D. Iatarola and Karen Jean Hall
Escondido California
of the City of ,State ,their true and lawfulAttomey(~)-in-Fact,
each in their separate capacity if mort than One is named above, to Fig" its name as surety to, and to execute, scal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undenakings,
~ontra~ts and other written instruments in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companica in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the
pcrlormance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing honds and undertakings required or pmitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law.
IN WITNESS WHEKEOF, the Companies have caused this instrument to he signed ah6 saled,qis 3oth day 01 May .-. 2001
.. >.,
._ ,,
Seaboard Surety Company
St. Paul Fire and Marine lnsuranse Company ' . ' ! 8nited Stales Fidelity and Guaranty Company
St. Paul Guardian Insuranck~Co$p~ny. 'i .,
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company
St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.
L*
.i ,* .. >
.I ,** ** .* ,' *
State of Maryland
City of Baltimore THOMAS E. HUIBREGTSE. Assistanl Secretary
On this 3oth day of May , before me, the undersigned officer. personally appeared John E Phinney and
Thomas E. HuihregtTe. who acknowledged themselves to bc the Vice President and Assistant Secretary, respectively, of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and
Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company. United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and
Guaranty lnsurilnce Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.; and that the seals affixed 10 thc foregoing instrument are the corporaa seals uf
said Companies: and that they. as such, being authorized bo to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the names of thc
cnrporatiana by themselves as duly authorized officers.
REBECCA FASI.EY~ONOKALA, Notary Public
r J
86203 Rev. 7-2000 Printed in U.S.A.
/
'! .I
r
Fire and Marine In\umnce Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company,
This Power ofAttomey is granted under and by the authority of the following resolutiom adopted by the Boards of Directors of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Cumpany. and Fidelity and Guaranty Imurmcs Underwriters. Inc. on September 2, 1998, which resolutions are now in full force and
effect, reading as follows:
RESOLVED, that in connection with the fidelity and surety insurance busincbs of the Company, all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other instruments relating
to said busines? may be signed, executed, and acknowledged by persons or entities appointed as Atturney(s)-in-Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney issued in
accordance with these resolutions. Said Puwer(s) of Attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be exccuted in the name and on behalf of the
Company, either by the Chairman, or the President, or any Vice Prwident, or an Assistant Vice President, jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary,
under their respective designations. The signilturc of such officers wily be engraved, printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the foregoing officers and
the seal of the Company may bc affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Attorney(s)-in-Fact for purposes
only of executing and attesting bonds and undenakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and subject to any limitations set forth therein, any
such Power uf Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or Facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company, and any such power so exe-
cuted and ccrtificd by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undenaking to which
it is validly attached and
RESOLVED FURTHER, that Atturney(s)~in~Fact shall have the power and authority, and, in any case, subject to the terns and limitations of the Power of
Attorney isued them, to execute and deliver on behalf of the Company and to attach the seal of the Company to any and all bonds and undertakings, and other
writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by such Attorney(s)-in-Fact shall he as binding upon thc Company as if signed by an
Executive Ofliicer and sealed and attested to by the Secretary of the Company.
I, Thomas E. Huibregtse, Assistant Secretary of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and Marine lnsurmce Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company,
St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United SLBLS Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Inwrance
Underwriters, Inc. do hereby certify that the above and fureguing is a true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by raid Companies, which is in full force
and effect and has nut been revoked.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand this 3TH day of MARCH , 2002
To verify the authenticity of this Power of Afforney, call 1-800-421-3880 and &for the Power ofAttomey clerk. Please refer to lhe Power ofAttomey number,
the above-named individuals and lhe delails of the bond to which lhe po'y" is otfyhed; ..
ic This bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies and corporations entitled to file
claims under Title 15 of Part 4 of Division 3 of the Civil Code (commencing with section 3082).
Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extenslon of time, alteration or addition to the terms of
the Contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the
same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change,
extension of time, alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the
specifications.
In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor Shall
not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
Executed by CONTRACTOR this 13TH Executed by SURETY this 13TH day
day of MARCH ,2002. Of MARCH ,20&.
CONTRACTOR: SURETY:
+
T & M ELECTRIC INC. DBA: PERRY ELECTRIC
(name of Contractor)
By:
FIDELITY AND GUARANTY INSURANCE COMPANY
(name of Surety) -
P.O. BOX 14245 ORANGE. CA 92863
(sign hed (address of Surety)
TODD PERRY 714/620-1200
(print name here) (telephone number of Surety)
.- -.
BY 9[MG ($nature of Attomey-in-Fy$j
JOHN G. MALONEY
(printed name of Attorney-in-Fact)
HUBERT PERRY (attach corporate resolution showing current power (print name here) of attorney)
SECRETARY~TREASURER
(title and organization of signatory)
(Proper notarial acknowleclgment of execution Dy CONTRACTOR and SURER must be attached.)
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only one oficer
signs. the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate
seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation^)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
1 RONALD R. BALL
City Attorney
By: fm&,?, k. p.cfNL*
”. Deputy City Attorney
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT No. 5193
On 3/13/2002 before me, KAREN JEAN HALL, NOTARY PUBLIC
DATE NAME, TITLE OF OFFICER -E G.. "JANE DOE, NOTARY PUBLIC
personally appeared RRY
personally known to me - OR - 0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence
to be the person(s) whose name(s) islare
subscribed to the within instrument and ac-
the same in hislherltheir authorized knowledged to me that helshelthey executed
capacity(ies), and that by hislherltheir
signature(s) on the instrument the person(s),
or the entity upon behalf of which the
person(s) acted, executed the instrument.
WITNESS my hand and official seal. -
- OPTIONAL SECTION -
CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER
Though Statute does not require the Notary to fill in the data below, doing so may prove
invaluable to persons relying on the document. 0 INDIVIDUAL
PRESIDENT. SECRETARY/TREASI
CORPORATE OFFICER(S)
TITLEIS) 0 PARTNER(S) 0 LIMITED n GENERAL I 0 ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
-
0 TRUSTEE(S)
0 GUARDIAN/CONSERVATOR 0 OTHER:
SIGNER IS REPRESENTING:
NAME OF PERSONIS) OR ENTITYIIESI
THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE ATTACHED TO TITLE OR TYPE OF DOCUMENT
THE DOCUMENT DESCRIBED AT RIGHT: NUMBER OF PAGES DATE OF DOCUMENT
CALIFORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT NO. 5
State of CALIFORNIA
Countyof
On 3/13/2002 before me, KAREN JEAN HALL, NOTARY PUBLIC
personally appeared JOHN G. MALONEY
DIEGO
DATE NAME, TITLE OF OFFICER - E G.. '"JANE DOE, NOTARY PUBLIC
NAME@) OF SIGNERIS)
personally known to me - OR - 0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactorv evidence
to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are
subscribed to the within instrument and ac-
knowledged to me that helshelthey executed
, ~~ -~ ~~
the same in hislherltheir authorized
pcapacity(ies), and that by hislherltheir ,LL .
~ ~ ~~. .. I ,signature(s) on the instrument the person@),
DT~f77,LpXALlFOFNA the entity upon behalf of which the g&gN2L~s _" ~ $person(s) acted, executed the instrument.
-
-WITNEp my hand and official seal.
- OPTIONAL SECTION -
CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER
Though statute does not require the Notary to till in the data below, doing so may prove
invaluable to persons relylng on the document. 0 INDIVIDUAL
0 CORPORATE OFFICER(S)
PARTNER(S) 0 LIMITED
TITLEIS)
0 GENERAL
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
0 TRUSTEE(S)
0 GUARDIAN/CONSERVATOR 0 OTHER:
SIGNER IS REPRESENTING:
NAME OF PERSON(S1 OR ENTITY(1ES)
NUMBER OF PAGES DATE OF DOCUMENT
Premium Is For Contract Term EXECUTED IN
Based On Final Contract Price PREMIUM: $2 ,620.00
And Is Subject To Adjustment No * SF1 77
.. .- FAITHFUL PERFORMANCEMlARRANTY BOND
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, State of California, by Resolution
No. 2002-064 , adopted MARCH 5, 2002 , has awarded to
T E M ELECTRIC, INC. DBA: PERRY ELECTRIC , (hereinafter
designated as the “Principal”). a Contract for:
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
AVIARA PARKWAY AND KINGFISHER LANE
Yhis bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies and corporations entitled to file
daims under Title 15 of Part 4 of Division 3 of the Civil Code (commencing with section 3082).
Surety stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of
the Contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the
same shall affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any change,
extension of time. alterations or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the
specifications.
not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. In the event that Contractor is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall
Executed by CONTRACTOR this 13TH Executed by SURETY this 13TH day
day of MARCH ,2002 Of MARCH ,20&.
CONTRACTOR: SURETY:
DBA: PERRY ELEETRIC T & M ELECTRIC INC.
(name of Contractor) /I
FIDELITY AND GUARANTY INSURANCE COMPANY I (name of Surety)
By: P.O. BOX 14245 ORANGE, CA 92863
(address of Surety)
TODD PERRY 7141620-1200
(print name here) (telephone number of Surety)
By: Q p_,M L- \ c
($nature of Attorney-in-Fgo()
JOHN G. MALONEY
(printed name of Attorney-in-Fact)
HUBERT PERRY
(print name here)
(attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney)
SECRETARY/TREASURER
(title and organization of signatory)
(Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.)
IPraeident nr viea-waeidant and ceerat*w or ae<i+tmt enerntsw m~t<t cinn fnr mmnratinne If nnlv nn- n(Fear
7 In the event that Contractor is an individual, it IS agreed that the death of any such Contractor shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond.
Executed by CONTRACTOR this 13TH Executed by SURETY this 13TH day of
day of MARCH .2002. MARCH ,2002.
CONTRACTOR: SURElY:
T & M ELECTRIC, INC. DBA: PERRY ELECTRIC FIDELITY AND GUARANTY INSURANCE COMPANY
(name of Contractor) (name of Surety)
P.O. BOX 14245 ORANAGE. CA 92863
(address of Surety)
TODD PERRY 714/620-1200
(print name here) (telephone number of Surety)
PRESIDENT By:
(Title and Organization of Signatory) (signa&"of Attorney" v
" JOHN G. MALONEY
(printed name of Attorney-in-fact)
HUBERT PERRY (Attach corporate resolution showing current
(print name here) power of attorney.)
SECRETARY /TREASURER
fitle and Organization of signatory)
(Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.)
one officer signs, the corporation must atiach a resolution Certified by the secretary or assistant
(President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only
secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
RONALD R. BALL City Attorney
By: rm, h~~w
Deputy City Attorney
.,
. On 3/13/2002 before me, KAREN JEAN HALL, NOTARY PUBLIC
DATE NAME, TITLE OF OFFICER - E.G., "JANE DOE, NOTARY PUBLIC'
personally appeared TODD PERRY, HUBERT PERRY
NAMEIS) OF SIGNER(S1
personally known to me - OR - 0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) islare
subscribed to the within instrument and ac-
knowledged to me that he/she/they executed
the same in hislheritheir authorized
capacity(ies), and that by hislherltheir
signature(s) on the instrument the person(s),
or the entity upon behalf of which the
person(s) acted, executed the instrument.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
- OPTIONAL SECTION - CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER
Though statute does nm require the Notaw to
invaluable to persons relying on the document. 0 INDIVIDUAL
fill in the data below, doing SO may Prove
CORPORATE OFFICER(S)
SECRETARY/TREASU:
TITLE@) 0 PARTNER@) 0 LIMITED 0 GENERAL 0 ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
0 TRUSTEE@)
0 GUARDIAN/CONSERVATOR
0 OTHER:
-
SIGNER IS REPRESENTING:
NAME OF PERSONIS) OR ENTITYIIESI
THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE ATTACHED TO TITLE OR TYPE OF DOCUMENT
THE DOCUMENT DESCRIBED AT RIGHT: NUMBER OF PAGES DATE OF DOCUMENT
FORNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT No 51
. On 3/13/2002 before me, KAREN JEAN HALL, NOTARY PUBLIC
DATE NAME, TITLE OF OFFICER - E.G.. "JANE DOE, NOTARY Pumr
personally appeared JOHN G. MALONEY NAME(S) OF SIGNERIS)
personally known to me - OR - 0 proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence
to be the person(s) whose name(s) islare
subscribed to the within instrument and ac-
the same in hislherltheir authorized knowledged to me that helshelthey executed
capacity(ies), and that by hislherltheir
signature(s) on the instrument the person@),
or the entity upon behalf of which the
person@) acted, executed the instrument.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
- OPTIONAL SECTION -
CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER
Though statute does not require the Notary to fill in the data below, doing so may prove
invaluable to persons relying on me document. 0 INDIVIDUAL
0 CORPORATE OFFICER(S)
TITLE(S1 0 PARTNER(S) 0 LIMITED n GENERAL
ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
0 TRUSTEE(S)
GUARDIAN/CONSERVATOR
Y
SIGNER IS REPRESENTING:
NAME OF PERSON(S1 OR ENTITYIIESI
OPTIONAL SECTION
THE DOCUMENT DESCRIBED AT RIGHT:
THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE ATTACHED TO TITLE OR TYPE OF DOCUMENT
Though the data requested here is not required by law.
II could prevent fraudulent reanachment of this form. SIGNERW OTHER THAN NAMED ABOVE
NUMBER OF PAGES DATE OF DOCUMENT
POWER OF ATTORNEY 7
Seaboard Surety Company United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company
St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company
St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company
St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.
Power of Attorney No. 22563 Certificate No. 996071
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Seaboard Surety Company i( B corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New York. and that
the lilws of the State of Minnesota, and that United Stasa Fidelity and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under the law of the State of Maryland, and
St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Compimy, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company and St. Paul Mercury Imurance Company are curporations duly organized under
that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurm~e Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of thc Statc of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance
Underwriters, Inc. is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin [/wein mlleclively culled the "Compnnie.s"j. and that the Companica do
hereby make, constitute and appoint
John G. Maloney, Helen Maloney, Mark D. Iatarola and Karen Jean Hall
Escondido California
of the City of ,State
each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, to sign its name as surety to, and to execute. seal and acknowlcdgc my and all bonds, undertakings.
, their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact,
cuntracts and other written instruments in the nature thcreof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, Euaranteeing the
perfomance of contract\ and executing UT guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law.
1
I
Seaboard Surety Company
St. Paul Fire and Marine In
Sl. Paul Guardian Insurane
St. Paul Mercury Insurance Compm 1 r 0'
Y. ., , $.. ," United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.
.b ,* ',
.h L . ,, ,.
State of Maryland
City of Baltimore THOMAS E. HUIRREGTSE. Awsldnl Secrernry
On this 30th day of May .~
Tbomu E. Huibregtse, who acknowledged themselves to bc the Vice Prcaident and Asbistant Secretary, respectively, of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul Fire and
before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared John F, Phinney and
Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.: and that the seals affixed to the foregoing inrtrument are the corporate seals of
Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and
curporations by themselves as duly authorizd officcn.
said Companies: and that they, as such. being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purpose? therein contained by sipning the names of the
v5Lsuca&A&p*
REBECCA EASLEY~ONOKALA. Noraly Public
f
86203 Rev. 7-2000 Printed in U.S.A.
This Power of Attorney ih granted under and by the authority of the fullowing resulutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of Seaboard Surety Company, St. Paul
Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United Slates Fidelity and Guaranty Company.
Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. on September 2, 1998, which resolutions are now in full force and
effect, reading as follows:
RESOLVED, that in connection with the fidelity and surety insurance business of the Company, all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other instruments relating
to said business may be aigncd, executed, and acknowledged by persons or entities appointed 8s Attomey(s)~in-Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney issued in
accordance with these resolutions. Said Power(s) of Attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the
Company. either by the Chairman. or the President, or any Vice President, or an Assistant Vice President, jointly with the Secretary or an Assirtant Secretary,
under their respective designations. The signature of such officers may be engraved, printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the foregoing ofticers and
only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and subject to any limitations set forth therein, any
the ECBI of thc Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Attorney(a)~in-Fact for purposes
cuted and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal ?hall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to my bond or undenaking to which
such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company, and any such power bo enc-
it is validly attached and
RESOLVED FURTHER, that Attamey(s)~in-Fact shall have the power and authority, and, in any CB% subject to the term7 and limitatinns of the Power of
Attorney issued them, to execute and deliver on hehalf of the Company and to attach the seal of the Company to any and all bonds and undertakings, and other
writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such instrument executed by such Attorney(5)-in-Fact shall be as binding upon the Company as if signed by an
Executive Officer and seded and attested to by the Secreraty of the Company.
I, Thomas E. Huibregtse, Assistant Secretary of Seaboard Surety Company. St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company.
St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company, Fidelity and Gummty Insurance Company. and Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance
Underwriters. Inc. do hereby certify that the above and forcgoing is a true and correct copy of the Power OfAttorney executed by said Companies, which is in full force
and effect and has nut been revoked.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand this 13TH day of MARCH 2002 __
.
OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT FOR
SECURITY DEPOSITS IN LIEU OF RETENTION -
This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the City of Carlsbad whose
address is 1200 Carlsbad Village Drive, Carlsbad, California, 92008, hereinafter called "City" and -
whose address is
- hereinafter called
"Contractor" and whose address is
-
called "Escrow Agent."
hereinafter
- For the consideration hereinafter set forth, the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as follows:
1. Pursuant to sections 22300 and 10263 of the Public Contract Code of the State of California, - the contractor has the option to deposit securities with the Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention
earnings required to be withheld by the City pursuant to the Construction Contract entered into
between the City and Contractor for Contract No. 3369-2A, Traffic Signal at Aviara Parkway and - Kingfisher Lane in the amount of dated
(hereinafter referred to as the "Contract"). Altemativelv. on' written reauest of the contractor. the Citv
shall make payments of the retention earnings directiy to the escrow agent. When the Contractdr
within 10 days of the deposit. The Escrow Agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and
omissions of the escrow agent in connection with the handling of retentions under these sections in
substitution shall be a least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under
the terms of the contract between the City and Contractor. Securities shall be held in the name of
owner.
" deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, the Escrow Agent shall notify the City
- an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. The market value of the securities at the time of the
- the , and shall designate the Contractor as the beneficial
- 2. The City shall make progress payments to the Contractor for such funds which othewise would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that the Escrow
Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above.
3. When the City makes payment of retentions earned directly to the escrow agent, the escrow
agent shall hold them for the benefit of the contractor until such time as the escrow created under
this contract is terminated. The contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities.
All terms and conditions of this agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be
equally applicable and binding when the City pays the escrow agent directly.
-
-
- 4. The contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by the Escrow
Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of the City. These expenses and
payment terms shall be determined by the City, Contractor and Escrow Agent.
5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all - interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to
withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to the City.
-
@ 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Pane 36 of 139 Paws
6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account
Agent that City consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Contractor.
only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from City to the Escrow
7. The City shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor.
Upon seven days’ written notice to the Escrow Agent from the City of the default, the Escrow Agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by the City.
8. Upon receipt of written notification from the City certifying that the Contract is final and complete and that the Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, the Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less
escrow fees and charges of the Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges.
9. The Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from the City and the contractor pursuant
to sections (1) to (8), inclusive, of this agreement and the City and Contractor shall hold Escrow
Agent harmless from Escrow Agent‘s release, conversion and disbursement of the securities and interest as set forth above.
10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written notice
their respective signatures are as follows: on behalf of the City and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of
For City: Title
Name
Signature - Address
For Contractor:
For Escrow Agent:
Name
Signature
Address
Title
Name
Signature
Address
At the time the Escrow Account is opened, the City and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent
a fully executed counterpart of this Agreement.
@ 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 37 of 139 Paaes
"
c
IN wTNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement by their proper officers On the
date tint set forth above.
For City: Title
Name
Signature
Address
For Contractor:
Name
Signature
Address
For Escrow Agent: Title
Name
Signature
Address
@ 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paoe 38 of 139 Paoes
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS
FOR
TRAFFIC SIGNAL AT
AVIARA PARKWAY AND KINGFISHER LANE
CONTRACT NO. 3369-2A
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS TO
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
PART 1, GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1 -- TERMS, DEFINITIONS ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
1-1 TERMS
Add the following section:
1-1.1 Reference to Drawings. Where words "shown", "indicated", "detailed", "noted", "scheduled",
or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the plans
accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise.
Add the following section:
1-1.2 Directions. Where words "directed", "designated", "selected", or words of similar import are
used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation or selection of the Engineer is intended,
unless stated otherwise. The word "required" and words of similar import shall be understood to
mean "as required to properly complete the work as required and as approved by the Engineer,"
unless stated otherwise.
Add the following section:
1-1.3 Equals and Approvals. Where the words "equal", "approved equal", "equivalent", and such
words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression
"in the opinion of the Engineer", unless othewise stated. Where the words "approved", "approval",
"acceptance", or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the approval,
acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended.
Add the following section:
1-1.4 Perform. The word "perform" shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its
expense, shall perform all operations, labor, tools and equipment, and further, including the
furnishing and installing of materials that are indicated, specified or required to mean that the
Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install the work, complete in place and ready to use,
including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation.
e 9/11/00 ~~~ Contract No. 3369-2A ~~ ~ ~~ Paae 39 of 139 Paaes
1-2 DEFINITIONS. Modify as follows: The following words, or groups of words, shall be exclusively
defined by the definitions assigned to them herein.
Agency -the City of Carlsbad, California.
City Council -the City Council of the City of Carlsbad. -
City Manager - the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or hisher approved representative.
claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager is the last appeal level for informal dispute Dispute Board - persons designated by the City Manager to hear and advise the City Manager on -
resolution.
Engineer - the Public Works Director of the City of Carlsbad or hisher approved representative.
The Engineer is the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution.
Minor Bid Item - a single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original
Contract Price bid.
Own Organization - When used in Section 2-3.1 - Employees of the Contractor who are hired,
directed, supervised and paid by the Contractor to accomplish the completion of the Work. Further,
such employees have their employment taxes, State disability insurance payments, State and
Federal income taxes paid and administered, as applicable, by the Contractor. When used in
Section 2-3.1 "own organization" means construction equipment that the Contractor owns or leases
and uses to accomplish the Work. Equipment that is owner operated or leased equipment with an -
operator is not part of the Contractor's Own Organization and will not be included for the purpose of
compliance with section 2-3.1 of the Standard Specifications and these Supplemental Provisions.
Owner OperatorlLessor -Any person who provides equipment or tools with an operator provided
who is employed by neither the Contractor nor a subcontractor and is neither an agent or employee
of the Agency or a public utility.
Public Works Manager - The Construction Manager's immediate supervisor and second level of
appeal for informal dispute resolution.
Project Inspector - the Engineer's designated representative for inspection, contract administration
and first level for informal dispute resolution.
Construction Manager - the Project Inspector's immediate supervisor and first level of appeal for
informal dispute resolution.
- -
-
-
-
-.
-
-
-
-
-
1-3 ABBREVIATIONS
-
13.2 Common Usage, add the following:
Abbreviation Word or Words
Apts ........................................ Apartment and Apartments
CMWD Carlsbad Municipal Water District
Bldg Building band Buildings -
CSSD ..................................... Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings - cfs ........................................... Cubic Feet per Second
Comm Commercial
DR .......................................... Dimension Ratio
E ............................................. Electric
em
-
........................................ ....................................
- .....................................
-
ts 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A ~ ~~ ~~~~~~ Paoe 40 of 139 Paoes
G ............................................. Gas
gal ........................................... Gallon and Gallons Gar ......................................... Garage and Garages
GNV ........................................ Ground Not Visible
gpm ......................................... allons per minute IE ............................................ Invert Elevation
LCWD ..................................... Leucadia County Water District
MSL ........................................ Mean Sea Level (see Regional Standard Drawing "12) MTBM ..................................... Microtunneling Boring Machine
NCTD ..................................... North County Transit Distrct OHE ........................................ Overhead Electric
OMWD .................................... Olivenhain Municipal Water District
ROW ....................................... Right-of-way
S ............................................. Sewer or Slope, as applicable
SDNR ..................................... San Diego Northern Railway
SDRSD ................................... San Diego Regional Standard Drawing
SFM ........................................ Sewer Force Main
T ............................................. Telephone
W Water, Wider or Width, as applicable
UE Underground Electric
WVD ....................................... Vallecitos Water District
.......................................... ............................................
SECTION 2 - SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK
23 SUBCONTRACTS.
2-3.1 General, add the following: Should the Contractor fail to adhere to the provisions requiring
the Contractor to complete 50 percent of the contract price with its own organization, the Agency may
at its sole discretion elect to cancel the contract or to deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the
value of the work performed in excess of 50 percent of the contract price by other than the
Contractor's own organization. The City Council shall be the sole body for determination of a
violation of these provisions. In any proceedings under this section, the prime contractor shall be
entitled to a public hearing before the City Council and shall be notified ten (IO) days in advance of
the time and location of said hearing. The determination of the City Council shall be final.
2-4 CONTRACT BONDS, modify the second sentence of paragraph one as follows: Delete, "who
is listed in the latest version of U.S. Department of Treasury Circular 570,".
Modify paragraphs three and four to read: The Contractor shall provide a faithful
performanceharranty bond and payment bond (labor and materials bond) for this contract. The
faithful performanceharranty bond shall be in the amount of 100 percent of the contract price. The
Contractor shall provide bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers, in an amount
equal to:
1) One hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract when the
total amount payable does not exceed five million dollars ($5,000,000).
2) Fifty percent (50%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract when the total
amount payable is not less than five million dollars ($5,000,000) and does not exceed ten million
dollars ($10,000,000). 3) Twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract if the contract
exceeds ten million dollars ($10,000,000).
G 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 41 of 139 Paaes
Both bonds shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency during this project until
they are released according to the provisions of this section.
The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the one year
warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The
bonds to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released six months plus 30
days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid.
Add the following: All bonds are to be placed with a surety insurance carrier admitted and
authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed their
liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the
following documents:
1) An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other
2) A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner.
If the bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the
insurer at the end of the quarter calendar year prior to 30 days next preceding the date of the
execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer's certificate as defined in
Section 173 of the Corporations Code. In the case of a foreign insurer, the financial statement may
be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States.
instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so.
2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
2-5.1 General, add the following: The specifications for the work include the Standard
Specifications for Public Works Construction, (SSPWC), 1997 Edition, and the 1998 AND 1999
supplements thereto, hereinafter designated "SSPWC", as written and promulgated by Joint
Cooperative Committee of the Southern California Chapter American Public Works Association and
Southern California Districts Associated General Contractors of California, and as amended by the
Supplemental Provisions section of this contract.
The construction plans consist of one (1) set designated as City of Carlsbad Drawing No. 393-5 and
consists of three (3) sheets. The standard drawings used for this project are the latest edition of the
San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated SDRS, as issued by the San
Diego County Department of Public Works, together with the most recent editions of the City of
Carlsbad Supplemental Standard Drawings, hereinafter designated as CSSD, as issued by the City
of Carlsbad and the Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Plans hereinafter designated as
CMWDSD, as issued by the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Copies of some of the pertinent
standard drawings are enclosed as an appendix to these Supplemental Provisions.
2-5.2 Precedence of Contract Documents, add the following: Where CALTRANS specifications
are used to modify the SSPWC or added to the SSPWC by any of the contract documents the
CALTRANS specifications shall have precedence only in reference to the materials and construction
materials referred to in the CALTRANS specifications. The Invitation to Bid, Contract for Public
Works, Part 1 of these Supplemental Provisions and Part 1 of the SSPWC, in the order of
precedence in section 2-5.2 of the SSPWC, shall prevail over the CALTRANS specifications in all
other matters.
" .
G 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A ~~ Paae 42 of 139 Paaes
-
2-5.3.3 Submittals, add the following: Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered.
Resubmittals shall be labeled with the number of the original submittal followed by an ascending
submittal had been given to the Engineer). Each sheet of each submittal shall be consecutively
numbered. Each set of shop drawings and submittals shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal
on the Contractor's letterhead. The Letter of transmittal shall contain the following: 1) Project title and Agency contract number.
2) Number of complete sets.
3) Contractor's certification statement.
5) Submittal number (Submittal numbers shall be consecutive including subsequent submittals for
- alphabetical designation (e.g. The label '4-C' would indicate the third instance that the fourth
~
-
- 4) Specification section number(@ pertaining to material submitted for review.
- 6) Description of the contents of the submittal.
- When submitted for the Engineer's review, Shop Drawings shall bear the Contractor's certification
- and shall place the following certification on all submittals:
the same materials.)
7) Identification of deviations from the contract documents.
that the Contractor has reviewed, checked, and approved the Shop Drawings and that they are in
conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall subscribe to
"I hereby certii that the (equipment, material) shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to
be incorporated into this Project, is in compliance with the Contract Documents, can be installed in - submitted for approval."
Title: TRES . - I -
- Company Name: TLt4 €-IC. (At. dbd %RP.I ELEcrl;L\c
Add the following:
- 2-54 Record Drawings, The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete "as-built" record set of blue-line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the
original drawings and specifications and the exact "as-built'' locations, sizes and kinds of equipment,
- underground piping, valves, and all other work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be
used only as a record set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within ten (10) days of completion
of the work. Payment for performing the work required by section 2-5.4 shall be included in the
various bid items and no additional payment will be made therefor. -
2-9 SURVEYING. -
2-9.1 Permanent Survey Markers, Delete sections 2-9.1 and replace with the following: The
Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the
an existing monument in place is impractical, the Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or
a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California,
shall have the monument replaced by the Surveyor no later than thirty (30) days after construction at - the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by §§
- consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting
- hereinafter Surveyor, to establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor
- 8772 and 8773, et seq. of the California Business and Professions Code.
G 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paoe 43 of 139 Paoes
When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a
to the new grade within 7 days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument -
permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and cover
frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the
satisfaction of the Engineer.
2-9.2 Survey Service, Delete sections 2-9.2 and replace with the following: The Contractor shall
hire and pay for the services of a Surveyor, hereinafter Surveyor to perform all work necessary for
establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other surveying work necessary
to construct the work, provide surveying .services as required herein and provide surveying, drafting
and other professional services required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act.
Surveyor shall be resident on the site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise
and certify the surveying work. "
-
-
-
Add the following section:
2-9.2.1 Submittal of Surveying Data, All surveying data submittals shall conform to the
requirements of section 2-5.3.3, "Submittals", herein. The Contractor shall submit grade sheets to
the Engineer before commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor shall
submit field notes for all surveying required herein to the Engineer within ten days of performing the
survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations shall be submitted in bound
form on 215mm by 280 mm (8'12" by 11") paper. The field notes, calculations and supporting data
shall be clear and complete. Supporting data shall include all maps, affidavits, plats, field notes from
earlier surveys and all other evidence used by the Surveyor to determine the location of the
monuments set. The field notes and calculations will be labled with name of the Surveyor, the party
chief, field crew members and preparer of the field notes or calculations. They shall be annotated
with the date of observation or calculation, be numbered with consecutive page numbers and shall -
be readable without resort to any electronic aid, computer program or documentation for any
computer program. The field notes shall be prepared in conformance with the CALTRANS "Surveys
Manual". The Contractor shall have a Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor and file it in
conformance with 99 8700 - 8805 of the State of California Business and Professions Code when the
Surveyor performs any surveying that such map is required under $9 8762 of the State of California
Business and Professions Code and whenever the Surveyor shall establish, set or construct any
permanent survey monument. SDRS drawing "10 type monuments, bolts, spikes, leaded tacks
and nails (when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing steel and all monuments and marks that are
at, or accessory to, property comers and street centerlines are permanent survey monuments. The
Record of Survey shall show all monuments set, control monuments used, the basis of bearings and
all other data needed to determine the procedure of survey and the degree of accuracy attained by
the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio of closure. The unadjusted ratio of closure shall not
exceed 1 part in 40,000. The record of survey shall show the location and justification of location of
all permanent monuments set and their relation to the street right-of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s)
shall be submitted for the Engineer's review and approval before submittal to the County Surveyor
and before submittal to the County Recorder.
Add the following section:
2-9.2.3 Payment for Survey, Payment for work performed to satisfy the requirements of Sections
2-9.1 through 2-9.3.2 shall be included in the actual bid items requiring the survey work and no
additional payment will be made. Extension of unit prices for extra work shall include full
compensation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made therefor. Payment
for the replacement of disturbed monuments and the filing of records of survey and/or comer
records, including filing fees therefor, shall be incidental to the work necessitating the disturbance of
said monuments and no additional payment will be made therefor. -.
-
".
-
9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 44 of 139 Paaes
2-10 AUTHORITY OF BOARD AND ENGINEER.
Add the following section:
2-10.1 Availability of Records, The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies
of all records in the Contractor's or subcontractor's possession pertaining to the work that the
Engineer may request.
Add the following section:
2-10.2 Audit And Inspection, Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the
activities and to contractually require all subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The
Engineer, within San Diego County, accurate books and accounting records relative to all its
Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor's and its subcontractors
performance pursuant to this Agreement, said monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include,
but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of
Contractor's staff and the staff of all subcontractors to this contract. At any time during normal
business hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance
notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all
subcontractors to this contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will
permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and
records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data
relating to all matters covered by this Contract. However, any such activities shall be carried out in a
manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Contractor's ongoing business operations.
Contractor and all subcontractors to this contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as
may be required by applicable laws and regulations.
SECTION 3 -- CHANGES IN WORK
3-2 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY.
quantity of a minor bid item in excess of 25 pmcent of the original quantity bid the adjustment of
3-2.2.1 Contract Unit prices, add the following: In the case of an increase or decrease in
contract unit price for such items will be limited to that portion of the change in excess of 25 percent
of the original quantity listed in the Contractor's bid proposal for this contract. Adjustments in excess
of 25 percent may, at the option of the Engineer, be paid pursuant to section 3-3, Extra Work.
3-3 EXTRA WORK.
3-3.2.2 ( c ) Tool and Equipment Rental, second paragraph, modify as follows: Regardless of
ownership, the rates and right-of-way delay factors to be used in determining rental and delay costs
shall be the edition of the, "Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates" published by CALTRANS,
current at the time of the actual use of the tool or equipment. The right-of-way delay factors therein
shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the
Contractor and subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein are not a part of
this contract.
Contract No. 3369-2A Paoe 45 of 139 Paaes
3-3.2.3 Markup, Delete sections 3-3.2.3 (a) and (b) and replace with the following:
(a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits:
2) Materials 15
1) Labor 20
4) Other Items and Expenditures .. 15
3) Equipment Rental 15 "
To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1 percent shall be added as
compensation for bonding.
Subcontractor, the markup established in section 3-3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's
(b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a
actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of ~.
the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted
portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor.
3-3.3 Daily Reports by Contractor, add the following after the second sentence: Payment for
extra work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and
all supporting documents to the Engineer. -
34 CHANGED CONDITIONS.
Delete the second sentence of paragraph three, delete paragraph five (5), and add the following: The
Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure
to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a change order, or for the happening of
any event, thing, occurrence, or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the -
Engineer due written notice of potential claim as hereinafter specified. Compliance with this section
shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-7.3 Contract Time
Accounting, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation
as to contract quantities. The written notice of potential claim for changed conditions shall be
submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer upon their discovery and prior to the time that the
Contractor performs the work giving rise to the potential claim. The Contractor's failure to give -
written notice of potential claim for changed conditions to the agency upon their discovery and before
they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith.
The Contractor shall provide the City with a written document containing a description of the
particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor
working days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for changed conditions.
believes additional compensation may be due and nature of any and all costs involved within 20 -
Verbal notifications are disallowed.
The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act,
Government Code Sections 12650-1 2655.
-
-
................................... ............................. ...................
"
-.
-
-
-
-
-
c3 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paw 46 of 139 Paoes
“The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full cognizance of the California
False Claims Act, Government Code sections 12650-12655. The undersigned further understands
and agrees that this laim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in response to the
City‘s proposed order for it to be further considered.”
Date: c -
The Contractor’s estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor
shall submit substantiation of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 working days after the
affected work is completed. Failure to do so shall be sufficient cause for denial of any claim
subsequently filed on the basis of said notice of potential claim.
It is the intention of this section that differences between the parties arising under and by virtue of the
contract be brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such
matters be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken.
3-5 DISPUTED WORK.
Add the following: The Contractor shall give the agency written notice of potential claim prior to
commencing any disputed work. Failure to give said notice shall constitute a waiver of all claims in
connection therewith.
Delete second sentence of paragraph one and add the following: Prior to proceeding with dispute
resolution pursuant to Public Contract Code provisions specified hereinafter, the contractor shall
attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command:
1. Project Inspector
2. Construction Manager
3. Public Works Manager
4. Public Works Director
5. City Manager
The Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 working days after completion of the
disputed work stating its position on the claim, the contractual basis for the claim, along with all
documentation supporting the costs and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of claim or
appeal of claim the City will, within IO working days of receipt of said claim or appeal of claim, review
the Contractor’s report and respond with a position, request additional information or request that the
Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the
City will provide its position within 10 working days of receipt of said additional information or
Contractor’s presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level’s position up to the City
Manager after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code.
The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a resolution
to a claim to the City Manager. Actual approval of the claim is subject to the change order provisions
in the contract.
G 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paoe 47 of 139 Paoes
All claims by the contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures
in the Public Contract Code, Division 2, Part 3, Chapter 1, Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) which is set forth below:
ARTICLE 1.5 RESOLUTION OF CONSTRUCTION CLAIMS
20104. (a)(l) This article applies to all public works claims of three hundred seventy-five thousand
dollars ($375,000) or less which arise between a contractor and a local agency.
(2) This article shall not apply to any claims resulting from a contract between a contractor and a
public agency when the public agency has elected to resolve any disputes pursuant to Article 7.1
(commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2.
(b)(l) "Public work has the same meaning as in Sections 3100 and 3106 of the Civil Code, except
that "public work" does not include any work or improvement contracted for by the state or the
Regents of the University of California.
(2) "Claim" means a separate demand by the contractor for (A) a time extension, (B) payment of
money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract
for a public work and payment of which is not otherwise expressly provided for or the claimant is not
otherwise entitled to, or (C) an amount the payment of which is disputed by the local agency.
(c) The provisions of this article or a summary thereof shall be set forth in the plans or specifications
for any work which may give rise to a claim under this article.
(d) This article applies only to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 1991.
20104.2. For any claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply:
(a) The claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the claim.
Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to
extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of
claims.
(b)(l) For claims of less than fifly thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in
writing to any written claim within 45 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30
days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to
defenses to the claim the local agency may have against the claimant.
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this
subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant.
(3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the
claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation or within a period of time no greater
than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater.
(c)(l) For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred
seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written
claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of
the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim or relating to defenses to the claim the
local agency may have against the claimant.
(2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this
subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the claimant.
(3) The local agency's written response to the claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to
the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no
greater than that taken by the claimant in producing the additional information or requested
documentation, whichever is greater.
(d) If the claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond
within the time prescribed, the claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15
days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to
respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and
confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a
meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute.
".
@ 9/11/00 Contract No 3369-2A Paoe 48 of 139 Paoes
(e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion remains in dispute, the
claimant may file a claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2
(commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 'of the Government Code. For
purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed
shall be tolled from the time the claimant submits his or her written claim pursuant to subdivision (a)
until the time that claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of
time utilized by the meet and confer process. (9 This article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be
construed to change the time periods for filing tort claims or actions specified by Chapter 1
(commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division
3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code.
to this article:
20104.4. The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims subject
(a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court
shall submit the matter to nonbinding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties.
The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested
third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be
concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is
extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail
to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the
mediator.
(b)(l) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to
Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3'of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure,
notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3 (commencing
with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code of Civil procedure) shall apply to any
proceeding brought under the subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration.
(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators appointed
for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the
parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to
exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties,
except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division,
(3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil
In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds.
Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not
obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter,
pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo.
(c) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or
arbitration process.
20104.6. (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a claim which is undisputed
except as otherwise provided in the contract.
(b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any
arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court
of law.
e 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 49 of 139 Paaes
SECTION 4 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4-1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP.
4-1.3.1 General, add the following: The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of
safe access and egress, ventilation, lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the
safety of persons as contained in the State of California, California Code of Regulations, TRle 8,
Orders and such other safety regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety ..
information as may be necessary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and
work or materials incorporated in the work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill
manner of work and character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the -
this Contract.
4-1.4 Test of Materials, delete the phrase, "and a reasonable amount of retesting", from the third
sentence of the first paragraph.
add the following: Except as specified in these Supplemental Provisions, the Agency will bear the
cost of testing of locally produced materials andlor on-site workmanship where the results of such
tests meet or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications and the
Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor. -
At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the
Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at - -.
found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the
any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is
product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved
material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after improper storage,
handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the work and shall be
removed from the project site all at the Contractor's expense.
Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the
requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. Said tests may be made at any
place along the work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made
necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor.
4-1.6 Trade names or Equals, add the following: The Contractor is responsible for the
satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution
is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with
associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove
the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency.
-
-
-
-
. .-
-.
-.
-.
a 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 50 of 139 Paoes
Add the following section:
4-2 MATERIALS TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE.
The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the
quantity and quality received, prepare storage area@), store, handle, protect, move, relocate,
remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. Materials shall be
delivered to the site of the work only during working hours, as defined in section 6-7.2, and shall be
accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor
as consignee, the project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a
description of the material(s) shipped. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to or by the Contractor to any location within the Agency’s boundaries the Contractor shall provide the
Engineer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease
agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored
and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time
allowed for the Work. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to
the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the
responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of
materials are stored. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor’s
work are a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials
and their proper storage at any time during the Work.
SECTION 5 -- UTILITIES
5-1 LOCATION,
Delete the first paragraph and substitute the following: The Agency and affected utility companies
have, by a search of known records, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities
which exist within the limits of the work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature,
size and/or location of utilities indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed.
54 RELOCATION.
Add the following: In conformance with section 5-6 the Contractor shall coordinate the work with
utility agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the
limits of work by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or
curb and gutter that is a part of the work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are
shown on the plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by
others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate
utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer’s approval, may be
permitted to temporarily omit the portion of work affected by the utility. If such temporary omission is
approved by the Engineer the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers
sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company.
Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor’s convenience and no additional compensation
will be allowed therefor or for additional work, materials or delay associated with the temporary
omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately following the
relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
4- w 911 1/00 Contract No 3369-2A Paoe 51 of 139 Paoes
SECTION 6 - PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND
-
ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK ~- -
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK.
Delete section 6-1 and substitute the following: Except as otherwise provided herein and unless -
otherwise prohibited by permits from other agencies as may be required by law the Contractor shall
begin work within ten (IO) calendar days after receipt of the “Notice to Proceed”.
Add the following section:
6-1.1 Pre-Construction Meeting. After, or upon, notification of contract award, the Engineer will
set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor’s
management personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the
project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the
Contractor’s responsible project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for
default by Contractor per section 6-4. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor’s
attendance at the meeting. The notice to proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of
the preconstruction meeting.
Add the following section:
6-1.2 Preparation and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall
prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule as a Critical Path Method (CPM) Schedule in the
precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall
depict a workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependence of all activities
required to represent the complete performance of all project work as well as periods where work is - -
precluded. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of issuance of
the notice to proceed and conclude with the date of final completion per the contract duration. The
Baseline Construction Schedule shall include detail of all project phasing, staging, and sequencing,
including all milestones necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase or stage.
Add the following section:
6-1.2.3 Bar Chart. As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare
and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the
tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture
patterns or distinctive line types to show the critical path.
Add the following section:
6-1.2.4 Measurement And Payment Of Construction Schedule. The Contractor‘s preparation, revision and maintenance of the Construction Schedule are incidental to the work and no separate
payment will be made therefor.
-
~-
-
-
-
-
”
-
-
6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK.
Add the following section: -
6-2.1 Order of Work. The work to be done shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and
materials, and performing all operations necessary to complete the Project Work as shown on the
Project Plans and as specified in the Specifications. The work includes the construction of the traffic
signal at the intersection ofAviara Parkway and Kingfisher Lane.
-.
-
-
4- tS 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A ~ ~~~ Paoe 52 of 139 Paoes
6-6 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME.
66.4 Writtan Notice and Report. Modify as follows: The Contractor shall provide written notice
to the Engineer within two hours of the beginning of any period that the Contractor has placed any
workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by
the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor
shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each working day, throughout the
duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the
classification of each workman and supervisor and the make and model of each piece of equipment
the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor's opinion of the cause of
means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Contractor
agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefor.
6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION. Add the following: The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the
work to completion within ninety (90) working days after the starting date specified in the Notice to
Proceed.
6-7.2 Working Day. Add the following: Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the
hours of work shall be between the hours of 7:OO a.m. and 4:OO p.m. on Mondays through Fridays,
excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the
Contractor desires to work outside said hours or at any time during weekends andlor holidays. This
written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work The Engineer may approve
work outside the hours and/or days stated herein when, in hidher sole opinion, such work conducted
by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the
inspection costs of such work.
6-8 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE. Delete the second paragraph and add the following:
The Engineer will not accept the Work or any portion of the Work before all of the Work is completed
and all outstanding deficiencies that may exist are corrected by the Contractor and the Engineer is
satisfied that all the materials and workmanship, and all other features of the Work, meet the
requirements of all of the specifications for the Work. Use, temporary, interim or permanent, of all,
or portions of, the Work does not constitute acceptance of the Work. If, in the Engineer's judgment,
the Work has been completed and is ready for acceptance the Engineer will so certify to the Board.
Upon such certification by the Engineer the Board may accept the completed Work. Upon the
Boards acceptance of the Work the Engineer will cause a "Notice of Completion" to be filed in the
office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation shall be the date of completion of
the Work.
Delete the first sentence of the third paragraph and substitute the following two sentences: All
work shall be warranted for one (1) year after recordation of the "Notice of Completion" and any
faulty work or materials discovered during the warranty period shall be repaired or replaced by the
Contractor, at its expense. Twenty-five percent of the faithful performance bond shall be retained as
a warranty bond for the one year warranty period.
"
G 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 53 of 139 Paow
6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.
Modify the last sentence of the first paragraph and the first sentence of the second paragraph and add the following: For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified for completion
of Work, as adjusted in accordance with 6-6, the Contractor shall pay the Agency, or have withheld
monies due it, the sum of five hundred dollars ($500).
Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that five hundred
dollars ($500) per day is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the Contractor
to complete the Work within the allotted time. Any progress payments made after the specified
completion date shall not constitute a waiver of this paragraph or of any damages.
SECTION 7 -- RESPONSIBILITIES of the CONTRACTOR
7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE.
Modify as follows: All insurance is to be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best's Key Rating
Guide of at least A-:V and are admitted and authorized to conduct business in the state of California
and are listed in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California.
7-4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE.
Add the following: All insurance is to be placed with insurers that are admitted and authorized to
conduct business in the state of California and are listed in the official publication of the Department
of Insurance of the State of California. Policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meet the
requirement for workers' compensation insurance.
7-5 PERMITS.
Delete the first sentence and add the following four sentences: Except as specified herein the
agency will obtain, at no cost to the Contractor, all encroachment, right-of-way, grading, resource
agency and building permits necessary to perform work for this contract on Agency property, in
streets, highways (except State highway right-of-way), railways or other rights-of-way. Contractor
shall not begin work until all permits incidental to the work are obtained. The Contractor shall obtain
and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the project. The cost of said
permit(s) shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate bid item and no additional
compensation will be allowed therefor.
7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK.
Add the following section:
7-7.1 Coordination. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies
during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension
if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional
compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay.
"
"
G 9/11/00 Contract No 3369-2A Pane 5A nf I W Pannc
7-8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE.
7-8.1 Cleanup and Dust Control. Add the following: Cleanup and dust control required herein
shall also be executed on weekends and other nonworking days when needed to preserve the
health safety or welfare of the public. The Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust
control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of
cleanup and dust control that, in his/her sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety
and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made therefor.
7-8.5 Temporary Light, Power and Water. Add the following: The Contractor shall obtain a
construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup,
testing and all other work requiring water related to this contract. The Contractor shall contact the
appropriate water agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light,
power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or
fees therefor. Said costs shall be considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated
with and no additional payment will be made therefor.
7-8.6 Water Pollution Control. ..Add the following The Contractor shall comply with all
with the California State Water Resources Control Board order number 92-08-DWQ NPDES General
requirements of the storm water pollution and monitoring plan prepared for this project in accordance
Permit number CAS000002 and the “Water Discharge Requirement for Discharges of Storm Water
Runoff Associated with Construction Activity”.
Add the following section:
7-8.8 Noise Control. All internal combustion engines used in the construction shall be equipped
with mufflers in good repair when in use on the project with special attention to the City Noise Control
Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48.
7-10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY.
7-10.1 Traffic and Access. add the following: The Contractor shall schedule the work so as to
prevent damage by all traffic, including but not limited to mail delivery. The Contractor shall not
schedule work so as to conflict with trash pickup. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by
calling the City’s contracted waste disposal company, Coast Waste Management at 929-9417.
During overlay operations, the Contractors schedule for overlay application shall be designated to
provide residents and business owners whose streets are to be overlaid sufficient paved parking
within an 800 foot distance from their homes or businesses.
Seventy two hours prior to the start of any construction in the public right-of-way that affects vehicular
traffic and/or parking or pedestrian routes, the Contractor shall give written notication of the
impending disruption. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected
the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the work shall be notified.
street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures, or curb, sidewalk and driveway repairs,
G 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 55 of 139 Panes
The notification shall be hand delivered and shall state the date and time the work will begin and its
anticipated duration. The notification shall list two telephone numbers that may be called to obtain
additional information. One number shall be the Contractor’s permanent office or field office and the
other number shall be a 24 hour number answered by someone who is knowledgeable about the
shall not be connected to either number. The notification shall also give a brief description of the project. At least one of the phone numbers shall be in the (760) area code. An answering machine
work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on what they need to do to facilitate the
construction. The Contractor shall submit the contents of the notification to the Engineer for
approval. Notices shall not be distributed until approved by the Engineer.
For residences, the notification shall be pre-cut in a manner that enables it to be affixed to a
doorknob without adhesives. It shall be a minimum size of 3-1/2 inches by 8-1/2 inches and shall be
brightly colored with contrasting printing. The material shall be equivalent in strength and durability -
to 65 Ib. card stock. The printing on the notice shall be no smaller than 12 point. An example of
such notice is provided in Appendix “A”.
-
-
-
-
In addition to the notifications, the contractor shall post no parking signs 48 hours in advance of the
work being performed. The no parking signs shall state the date and time of parking restriction for a
duration not to exceed the time necessary to complete the work at that location. Failure of the
contractor to meet the posted date requires re-posting the no parking signs 48 hours in advance of
the rescheduled work. If the work is delayed or rescheduled the no parking signs shall be removed
and re-posted 48 hours in advance of the rescheduled work.
The preparation, materials, printing and distribution of the notifications shall be included in the
contract price bid for traffic control and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional
compensation for printing and distributing these notices.
7-10.3 Street Closures, Detours, Barricades. Add the following: Traffic controls shall be in
accordance with the plans, Chapter 5 of the California Department of Transportation “Manual of
Traffic Controls.” 1996 edition and these Supplemental Provisions. If any component in the traffic
control system is damaged, displaced, or ceases to operate or function as specified, from any cause,
during the progress of the work, the Contractor shall immediately repair said component to its original
condition or replace said component and shall restore the component to its original location. In the
event that the Contractor fails to install and/or maintain barricades or such other traffic signs,
markings, delineation or devices as may be required herein, the Engineer may, at hiskter sole option,
install the traffic signs, markings, delineation or devices and charge the Contractor twenty dollars
($25.00) per day per traffic sign or device, or the actual cost of providing such traffic control facility,
whichever is the greater.
Add the following section:
7-10.3.1 Construction Area Signs and Control Devices. All construction traffic signs and control
devices shall be maintained throughout the duration of work in good order and according to the
approved traffic control plan. All construction area signs shall conform to the provisions of section
206-7.2 et seq. All temporary reflective pavement markers shall conform to the provisions of section
214-5.l.et seq. All temporary reflective channelizers shall conform to the provisions of section 214-
5.2 et seq. All paint for temporary traffic striping, pavement marking, and curb marking shall conform
to the provisions of section 210-1.6 et seq. except that all temporary paint shall be rapid dry water
borne conforming to section 210-1.6for materials and section 310-5 et seq. For workmanship.
Warning and advisory signs, lights and devices installed or placed to provide traffic control, direction
and/or warning shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the Contractor. Warning and advisory
signs, lights and devices shall be promptly removed by the Contractor when no longer required.
Warning and advisory signs that remain in place overnight shall be stationary mounted signs.
Stationary signs that warn of non-existent conditions shall be removed from the traveled way and
”
9/11/00 Contract No 3369-2A Paoe 56 of 139 Paoes
-
from the view of motorists in the traveled way or shielded from the view of the travelling public during
such periods that their message does not pertain to existing conditions. Care shall be used in
install stationary construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of
power equipment. Warning and advisory signs that are used only during working hours may be
portable signs. Portable signs shall be removed from the traveled way and shielded from the view of
the travelling public during non-working hours. During the hours of darkness, as defined in Division
1, Section 280, of the California Vehicle Code, portable signs shall be illuminated or, at the option of
the Contractor, shall be in conformance with the provisions in section 206-7.2 et seq. If illuminated
affixed or covered with reflective cone sleeves as specified in CALTRANS "Standard Specifications",
except the sleeves shall be 180 mm (7") long. Personal vehicles of the Contractor's employees shall
Contractor's vehicles or equipment are parked on the shoulder within 1.8 m (6) of a traffic lane, the
shoulder area shall be closed with fluorescent traffic cones or portable delineators placed on a taper
7.6 m (25') intervals to a point not less than 7.6 m (25') past the last vehicle or piece of equipment. A
minimum of nine (9) cones or portable delineators shall be used for the taper. A C23 (Road Work
Ahead) or C24 (Shoulder Work Ahead) sign shall be mounted, as required herein, on a sign post or
telescoping flag tree with flags. The sign post or flag tree shall be placed where directed by the
Engineer.
Add the following section:
7-10.3.2 Maintaining Traffic. The Contractor's personnel shall not work closer than 1.8 m (6), nor
operate equipment within 0.6 m (2') from any traffic lane occupied by traffic. For equipment the 0.6 m
and/or maneuvered in performing the work. This requirement may be waived when the Engineer has
given written authorization to the reduction in clearance that is specific to the time, duration and
contract documents, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans prepared by the
Contractor and approved by the Engineer or for the work of installing, maintaining and removing - traffic control devices. As a condition of such waiver the Engineer may require the Contractor to
detour traffic, adjust the width of, or realign the adjacent traffic lane, close the adjacent traffic lane or
provide barriers.
During the entire construction, a minimum of one (I) paved traffic lane, not less than 3.6 m (12')
wide, shall be open for use by public traffic in each direction of travel.
Add the following section:
7-10.3.3 Traffic Control System for Lane Closure. A traffic control system consists of closing
traffic lanes or pedestrian walkways in accordance with the details shown on the plans, CALTRANS
"Manual of Traffic Control", 1996 edition and provisions under "Maintaining Traffic" elsewhere in
these Supplemental Provisions. The provisions in this section will not relieve the Contractor from its
responsibility to provide such additional devices or take such measures as may be necessary to
.c performing excavation for signs in order to protect underground facilities. All excavation required to
-
- traffic cones rather than post-type delineators are used during the hours of darkness, they shall be
- not be parked within the traveled way, including any section closed to public traffic. Whenever the
- in advance of the parked vehicles or equipment and along the edge of the pavement at not less than
-
-
- I (2') shall be measured from the closest approach of any part of the equipment as it is operated
- location of such waiver, when such reduction is shown on the traffic control plans included in these
-
-
-
-. maintain public safety.
- system, except portable delineators placed along open trenches or excavation adjacent to the
When lanes are closed for only the duration of work periods, all components of the traffic control
traveled way, shall be removed from the traveled way and shoulder at the end work period. If the - Contractor so elects, said components may be stored at selected central locations, approved by the - Engineer, within the limits of the right-of-way.
43 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A
Add the following section:
7-10.3.4 Traffic Control for Permanent and Temporary Traffic Striping. During traffic stripe
operations, traffic shall be controlled with lane closures, as provided for under "Traffic Control System
for Lane Closure" of these Supplemental Provisions or by use of an alternative traffic control plan
proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not start traffic
striping operations using an alternative plan until the Contractor has submitted its plan to the
Engineer and has received the Engineer's written approval of said plan.
Add the following section:
7-10.3.5 Temporary Pavement Delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be furnished,
of the "Traffic Manual", 1996 edition published by CALTRANS. Whenever the work causes
placed, maintained and removed in accordance with the minimum standards specified in Chapter 5
obliteration of pavement delineation, temporary or permanent pavement delineation shall be in place
prior to opening the traveled way to public traffic. Lane line or centerline pavement delineation shall
be provided at all times for traveled ways open to public traffic. All work necessary, including any
required lines or marks, to establish the alignment of temporary pavement delineation shall be
performed by the Contractor. When temporary pavement delineation is removed, all lines and marks
used to establish the alignment of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed by grinding.
Surfaces to receive temporary pavement delineation shall be dry and free of dirt and loose material.
' Temporary pavement delineation shall not be applied over existing pavement delineation or other
temporary pavement delineation. Temporary pavement delineation shall be maintained until
superseded or replaced with permanent pavement delineation.
Temporary pavement delineation shall be removed when, as determined by the Engineer, the
temporary pavement delineation conflicts with the permanent pavement delineation or with, a new
traffic pattern for the area and is no longer required for the direction of public traffic. When temporary
pavement delineation is required to be removed, all lines and marks used to establish the alignment
of the temporary pavement delineation shall be removed.
Add the following section:
7-10.3.6 Preparation of New, or Modifications and Additions to Existing, Traffic Control Plan
Sheets. If no traffic control plans (TCP) or Traffic Control Staging plans (TCP) are included in the
project plans, or if the Contractor elects to modify TCP included in the project plans, the Contractor
shall have such new or modified TCP prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any and all
construction activities that are located within the travelled way. The Contractor shall have TCP
prepared and submitted as a part of the Work for any construction activities that are a part of this
project that are not included in the project plans. The Contractor must submit the TCP for the
Engineer's review in conformance with the requirements of section 2-5.3, et seq. and obtain the
Engineer's approval of the TCP prior to implementing them. The minimum 20 day review period
specified in section 2-5.3.1 for shop drawings and submittals shall pertain to each submittal of TCP,
all TCP needed for the entire duration of the Work. Each phase of the TCP shall be shown in
new, modified or added to, for the Engineer's review. New or revised TCP submittals shall include
features affecting the traffic control plan and the methodology proposed to transition io the
sufficient scale and detail to show the lane widths, transition lengths, curve radii, stationing of
subsequent TCP phase. When the vertical alignment of the travelled surface differs from the finished
pavement elevation vertical curves must also be shown. The level of detail, format, and graphics
shall be of quality and size no less than those on "Standard Specifications Reference Traffic Control
Plan" Drawing number 368-5. Such modifications, supplements and/or new design of TCP shall meet
the requirements of the Engineer and of the "MANUAL OF TRAFFIC CONTROLS, 1996 Edition as
published by the State of California Department of Transportation. Such modification, addition,
supplement, and/or new design of TCP shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer
appropriately registered in the State of California. The Engineer shall be the sole judge of the
.-
"
@ 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 58 of 139 Paaes
.. ,--
suitability and quality of any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP. The
in the Engineer's sole opinion, such modifications, supplements, andlor new designs to the TCP
Engineer may approve any such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to the TCP when,
prepared by the registered professional engineer retained by the Contractor will be beneficial to the
best interests of the Agency. Such modification, addition, supplement, and/or new design shall not be
TCP are approved by the Engineer. The preparation of such modification, addition, supplement, implemented and no work shall be commenced that is contingent on such approval until the changed
and/or new designs of TCP shall not presuppose their approval or obligate the Agency in any
fashion. Submittal and review requirements for such modifications, supplements, and/or new designs to TCP shall conform to the requirements of section 2-5.3 Shop Drawings and Submittals.
Add the following section:
7-10.3.7 Payment. The Contractor shall prepare and implement traffic control plans and shall furnish
all labor and materials to perform, install, maintain, replace and remove all traffic control as
incidentals to the work with which they are associated and no other compensation will be allowed
therefor.
Add the following section:
7-10.4.4 Safety and Protection of Workers and Public. The Contractor shall take all necessary
precautions for the safety of employees on the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of
Federal, State and Municipal safety laws and building codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons
on, about, or adjacent to the premises where the work is being performed. The Contractor shall erect
and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the work, all
necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public, and shall use danger signs warning
against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and
falling materials.
7-13 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. Add the following: Municipal ordinances that affect this work
include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible
materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction project which
would be subject to Section 1601 or Section 1603 of the Fish and Game Code, the conditions
established pursuant to Section 1601 et seq. of the Fish and Game Code shall become conditions of
the contract.
SECTION 9 -- MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES FOR UNIT PRICE WORK
9-1.4 Units of Measurement, modify as follows: The system of measure for this contract shall be
the US. Standard Measures.
9-3 PAYMENT.
9-3.1 General. Delete the eighth paragraph and substiute the following: Guarantee periods shall
not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of recordation of the "Notice of Completion"
G 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paoe 59 of 139 Paws
9-3.2 Partial and Final Payment, Delete the second paragraph and substitute the following:
Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the work performed to the
closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on contract unit prices, completed change order work and as provided for in Section 9-2 of the
Standard Specifications (SSPWC). Progress payments shall be made no later than thirty (30)
calendar days after the closure date. Five (5) working days following the closure date, the Engineer
shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the
Contractor's information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the
Contractor shall within ten (10) days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental
payment request to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental
payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon
as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper
payment request. If tha Engineer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper,
then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than seven
(7) days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in
writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. In conformance with
Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the City shall make payments within thirty (30) days after
receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor. If payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made within thirty (30) days after
receipt by the Engineer, then the City shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate
set forth in subdivision (a) of Section 685.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure.
Add paragraph 6 et seq. as follows: After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment
Estimate and process a corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the
total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the
contract bid item and change order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all -
deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of
the contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final
Payment Estimate. -
The Contractor shall have 30 calendar days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make
written statement disputing any bid item or change order item quantity or payment amount. The
Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its
position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the
time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all
contract bid items and change order items.
If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the
Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 calendar days and make any appropriate
adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the
Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in subsection 3-5, Disputed Work.
The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to
ascertain the basis and amount of said disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the
Contractor's claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time
such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or
contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient
cause for denying payment for the disputed items. -
I
-
...
-
-
-
-.
-
-
-
-
-
e 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paoe 60 of 139 Panoc
- 9-3.2.1 Payment for Claims. Add the following: Except for those final payment items disputed in
the written statement required in subsection 9-3.2 all claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted
estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in subsection 9-3.2
shall be submitted no later than 30 days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No claim will be
considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any claim be allowed for which
written notice or protest is required under any provision of this contract including sections 34
Changed Conditions. 3-5 Disputed Work, 6-6.3 Payment for Delays to Contractor, 6-6.4 mitten
Notice and Report, or 6-7.3 Contract Time Accounting, unless the Contractor has complied with
- in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment -
-
- notice or protest requirements.
- basis and amount of said claims. The Engineer will consider and determine the Contractor's claims
- involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for
The claims filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the
and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further
information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions
denying the claims.
Payment for claims shall be processed within 30 calendar days of their resolution for those claims
approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under
subsection 3-5, Disputed Work, for those claims remaining in dispute.
-
- Add the following section:
9-3.3.1 Delivered Materials. The cost of materials and 'equipment delivered but not incorporated into the will not be included in the progress estimate.
Add the following section:
9-3.4.1 Mobilization and Preparatory Work. Payment for mobilization and preparatory Work will
"
- be included in the various items of work and no other payment will be made.
4- ts 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paoe 61 of 139 Paoes
APPENDIX "Ayy
RESIDENT NOTIFICATION EXAMPLE I
CITY OF CARLSBAD
ROAD WORK
ABC CONTRACTORS I OFFICE # (760)XXX"xxXx
FIELD # (76O)XXX-XXXX
As a part of the City of Carlsbad's ongoing program to maintain its Dear resident:
streets, your street will be resurfaced with a layer of asphalt concrete
over the existing roadway surface. This construction will require the
closing of your street to through traffic for one day. Your street, from XYZ
St. to XM Ave. will be closed to through trafOc and resurfaced on:
MON. TUE. WED. THU. FRI.
from 7:OOA.M. to 5:OO P.M.
please park your car on an adjacent street in your neighborhood that will
If you don't plan to leave your home by 7:OO A.M. on the above date
not be resurfaced. Streets scheduled for resurfacing can be determined
by calling either the Contractor or the Crty of Carlsbad Engineering
not to walk on the newly overlaid street or you will have black residue on
Inspection Department. When walking to and from your car, remember
the bottom of your shoes. Please do not drive, walk on, walk pets, play,
or skate on the newly overlaid asphalt. Also, please refrain from watering
your lawns, washing cars, etc.. approximately 6-8 hours after the asphalt
is laid as running water will cause damage to the new surface.
the city and you may call them at
ABC is the Contractor that will be performing the resurfacing work for
(760)XXX--xxxX if you have any questions regarding the project.
Resurfacing of your street will not occur on the day your trash is
collected. Mail delivery may be delayed if the postman cannot reach the
mailbox that day. If you have a moving company scheduled for that day
please call and inform the Contractor of the date. If you have any
concerns which cannot be addressed by the Contractor, you may call the
City's Engineering Inspection Department at 438-1161x4323.
Thank you for your cooperation as we work to make a better City of
Carlsbad.
DATE:
Contract No. 3369-2A
-
Paae 62 of 139 Paaes ~~~~
SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS
TO
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS
CONSTRUCTION
PART 2, CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
SECTION 200 - ROCK MATERIALS
200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS
200-2.1 General. Add the following: Aggregate base shall be crushed aggregate base (Section
200-2.2), crushed slag base (Section 200-2.3), or crushed miscellaneous base (Section 200-2.4),
except that the sand equivalent shall be 35 minimum.
SECTION 201 - CONCRETE, MORTAR, AND RELATED MATERIALS
201-1 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
TABLE 201-1.1.2(A) Modify as follows:
TABLE 201-1.1.21A1 (31 ~~ ~~~ ~ ~~~~~
PORTLAND CEMENT'CONCRETE
Type of Construction I Concrete I Maximum
Class Slump mm (Inches)
All Concrete Used Wtthin the Right-of-way
1 15-E-3 Trench Backfill Slurry
(2) 330-C-23
200 (8")
Street Light Foundations and Survey Monuments 330-C-23
per Table 300-1 1.3.1 310-C-17 Concreted-Rock Erosion Protection
100 (4") 350-C-27 Traffic Signal Foundations
100 (4")
as Der Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC.
(1) Except that concrete required to be of higher strength by Table 201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC shall be
(560-C-3250) (I)
(1 90-E-400)
(560-C-3250)
(590-C-3750)
(520-C-25OOP)
(2)As per Table201-1.1.2(A) SSPWC.
(3) Portions of Table 201-1.1.2(A) of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction
not shown herein as changed are not affected by this table.
. , ~~ ~~~
201-1.2.4 Chemical Admixtures. (e) Air-entraining Admixtures. Substitute the following: The air content shall not deviate from the percentage specified or permitted by more than 1-1/2
percentage points. The air content of freshly mixed concrete will be determined by California Test
Method No. 504.
Contract No 3369-2A Pane 63 of 179 Panes
SECTION 203 - BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
203-6 ASPHALT CONCRETE.
2036.2 Materials. Add the following: Asphalt concrete shall be class C2AR 4000 for surface
course, and BAR 4000 for base course.
from the Engineer's field laboratory". Last paragraph, add after D 2172: "method A or B."
203-6.6.1, Batch Plant Method, modify as follows: Third paragraph, last sentence, delete "and
excess of 2 hours, and any other asphalt concrete stored in excess of 18 hours, shall not be used in
2036.7 Asphalt Concrete Storage. add the following: Open graded asphalt concrete stored in
the work.
SECTION 204 - LUMBER AND TREATMENT WITH PRESERVATIVES
204-1 LUMBER AND PLYWOOD
TABLE 204-1.2(A) ADD THE FOLLOWING:
TABLE 204-1.2(A)
USES GRADES
Headers for bituminous pavement up to 50 mm x
treated number 1 grade Douglas Fir mm x 100 mm (2"x4")
Number 1 grade Redwood, or preservative Headers for bituminous pavement larger than 50
treated construction grade Douglas Fir 100 mm (2"x4")
Construction grade Redwood or preservative
-
SECTION 206 - MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS
Add the following section:
206-7 TRAFFIC SIGNS.
Add the following section:
206-7.1 Permanent Traffic Signs Permanent traffic signs shall consist of 10-gage and 12-gage
cold-rolled steel perforated tubing. This includes all signs used for the direction, warning, and
regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic upon the completion of the Work unless
otherwise shown on the plans.
Add the following section:
206-7.1.1 General. Materials, legend, proportion, size, and fabrication of all signs used for the
direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic shall conform to
the requirements of "SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIGNS, October 1993",
Sheets 1 through 5 that accompany "SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIGNS,
October 1993" of dimensions and details, dated April 1987, and "OPAQUE COLOR CHART", dated
February 1980, all published by the State of California, Department of Transportation, Division of
Procurement Services, office of Material Operations, 1900 Royal Oaks Drive, Sacramento, CA
95819 and as modified herein. Where the "SPECIFICATION FOR REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIGNS,
October 1993" require the Contractor or supplier to notify the Department of Transportation or to
certify compliance to said SPECIFICATIONS, to provide a quality control program or to allow testing, -
approval, observation of manufacturing or assembly operations by the State of California,
Department of Transportation and/or its employees or officials, such rights shall be vested in the
Engineer.
e 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A
~~ Pam 64 of 139 Paws
Add the following section:
206-7.1.2 Sign Identification. Modify the "SPECIFICATIONS FOR REFLECTIVE SHEETING
SIGNS, October 1993" as follows: Sign identification shall be as per "SPECIFICATIONS FOR
REFLECTIVE SHEETING SIGNS, October 1993", except that the notation shall be "PROPERTY OF
THE CITY OF CARLSBAD".
Add the following section:
206-7.1.3 Drawings. Modify the "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993" as follows: Standard signs shall be as per the most recently approved "Approved Sign Specification
Sheets" of the State of California, Department of Transportation. The date of approval shall be the
date most closely preceding the date of manufacture of the sign(s) or the date of the "Notice to
Proceed of this contract, whichever is most recent.
Add the following section:
206-7.1.4 Reflective Sheeting. Modify the "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October
1993" as follows: All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs, shall be fabricated with
Type 111 encapsulated lens sheeting conforming to the requirements of this specification. All sign
designations shall be as per the "Traffic Manual", 1996 revision, as published by the California
Department of Transportation,
Add the following section:
206-7.1.5 Substrate. Modify the "Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993" as
follows: All permanent traffic signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle
(including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic shall use aluminum substrate.
Add the following section:
206-7.1.6 Mounting Traffic Signs. Traffic signs shall be installed on 10-gage or 12-gage cold-
rolled steel perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing M-45 or,
when the sign area exceeds the maximum area allowed for on that drawing, on multiple 10-gage or
12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts. The number of posts shall be determined by the
parameters in SDRS drawing M-45 or as approved by the Engineer. Traffic signs will be provided
with back braces and mounting blocks as approved by the Engineer consisting of 10-gage or
12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing when multiple posts are used.
Add the following section:
206-7.1.6 Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be constructed of IO-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel
perforated tubing posts as shown on San Diego Regional Standard drawing M-45.
Add the following section:
206-7.2 Temporary Traffic Signs. Temporary traffic signs shall consist of all signs used for the
direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic during the
Contractor's performance of the Work. Temporary traffic signs include both stationary and portable
signs.
@3 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 65 of 139 Panes
Add the following section:
206-7.2.1 General. Materials, legend, proportion, size, and fabrication of all temporary traffic signs
used for the direction, warning, and regulation of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic
shall conform to the requirements of “specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993”,
Sheets I through 5 that accompany “Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993” of dimensions and details, dated April 1987, and “OPAQUE COLOR CHART”, dated February 1980, all
published by the State of Caliornia, Department of Transportation, Division of Procurement Services,
Office of Material Operations, 1900 Royal Oaks Drive, Sacramento, CA 95819 and as modified herein. Where The “Specification For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993” require the
Contractor or supplier to notify the Department of Transportation or to certify compliance to said
”Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993”, to provide a quality control program or to allow testing, approval, observation of manufacturing or assembly operations by the State of
California, Department of Transportation and/or its employees or officials, such rights shall be vested
in the Engineer.
Add the following section:
206-7.2.2 Drawings. Modify the ‘Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993” as
follows: Standard temporary traffic signs shall be as per the most recently approved “Approved
Sign Specification Sheets” of the State of California, Department of Transportation. The date of
approval shall be the date most closely preceding the date of manufacture of the sign@) or the date
of the “Notice to Proceed” of this contract, whichever is most recent.
Add the following section:
206-7.2.3 Reflective Sheeting. Modify the ‘Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October
1993” as follows: All advisory signs, warning signs and all regulatory signs, excepting only those
hereinafter listed, shall be fabricated with Type 111 encapsulated lens sheeting conforming to the
requirements of this specification. All sign designations shall be as per the “Traffic Manual”, 1996
revision, as published by the California Department of Transportation.
Add the following section:
206-7.2.4 Substrate. Modify the “Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October 1993” as
follows: Excepting only construction warning signs used at a single location during daylight hours
for not more than five (5) consecutive days, all signs used for the direction, warning, and regulation
of vehicle (including bicycle) and pedestrian traffic shall be stationary mounted and shall use aluminum substrate.
Add the following section:
206-7.2.5 Stationary Mounted Temporary Traffic Signs. Stationary mounted temporary traffic
signs shall be installed on IO-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing posts in the same
manner shown on the State of California, Department of Transportation ”Standard Plans” 1995
edition standard plans numbers RSI, RS2, RS3 and RS4 for installation of roadside signs, except as
follows:
a) Wood posts shall not be used.
b) Back braces and blocks for sign panels will not be required.
c) The height to the bottom of the sign panel above the edge of traveled way shall be at least
2.1 rn (7’).
d) Unless otherwise shown on the plans traffic sign posts shall conform in materials and
installation to SDRS drawing M-45 and shall have one post provided for each 0.48 m2 (5
@)of sign area, or the signs may be installed on existing lighting standards when approved
by the Engineer.
e) Sign panels mounted on temporary traffic sign posts shall conform to the requirements
specified for aluminum signs in the “Specifications For Reflective Sheeting Signs, October
1993.
a 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 66 of 139 Pages
I Add the following section:
206-7.2.6 Temporary Traffic Sign Posts. Posts shall be IO-gage or 12-gage cold-rolled steel
size and number of posts shall be as shown on the plans, except that when stationary mounted signs
are installed and the type of sign installation is not shown on the plans, post size and the number of
posts will be determined by the Engineer. Sign panels for stationary mounted signs shall consist of
reflective sheeting applied to a sign substrate.
Add the following section:
site of use and placed in immediate operation. Sign panels for portable signs shall conform to the
a base, standard or framework and a sign panel. The units shall be capable of being delivered to the
Sheeting Signs, October 1993, or shall be cotton drill fabric, flexible industrial nylon fabric, or other
requirements of sign panels for stationary mounted signs in the "Specifications For Reflective
approved fabric. Fabric signs shall not be used during the hours of darkness. Size, color, and leg-
section 206-7.2 of these Supplemental Provisions. The height to the bottom of the sign panel above
the edge of traveled way shall be at least 0.3-m (12"). All parts of the sign standard or framework
shall be finished with 2 applications of an orange enamel which will match the color of the sign panel
background. Testing of paint will not be required.
- perforated tubing used for the support and stabilization of stationary mounted temporary signs. Post
__
.'. 206-7.2.7 Portable Temporary Traffic Signs. Each portable temporary traffic sign shall consist of
- end requirements for portable signs shall be as described for stationary mounted sign panels in
-
Add the following section: - 206-8 LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING AND CONNECTORS.
Add the following section:
used for the support and stabilization of signs. All shapes shall have a galvanized finish and shall be
cold-roll-formed steel conforming to ASTM Designation A-446, Grade A. Galvanizing shall conform to
operations have been completed. Cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be perforated on all four
faces with 1 Imm (7116") holes on 25 mm (1") centers.
Add the following section:
206-8.2 Tolerances. Wall thickness tolerance shall not exceed +0.28 mm, -0.13 mm (+0.011", -
0.005"). Convexity and concavity measured in the center of the flat side shall not exceed a tolerance
of +0.25 mm (+O.OlO") applied to the specific size determined at the corner. Straightness tolerance
variation shall not exceed 1.6 mm in 1 m (1116 " in 3). Tolerance for corner radius is 4.0mm (5/32"),
plus or minus 0.40 mm (1/64"). Weld flash on corner-welded square tubing shall permit 3.60 mm
(9/64") radius gage to be placed in the corner. Using IO-gage or 12-gage square tube, consecutive
size tubes shall telescope freely for 3.1m (IO). Tolerance on hole size is plus or minus 0.40 mm
(1/64") on a size. Tolerance on hole spacing is plus or minus 3.2 mm in 6.1 m (1/8" in 20'). In
exceed those listed in tables 206-8.2 (A) and 206-8.2(8).
addition, for the following specific sizes of light gage steel tubing, dimensional tolerances shall not
- 206-8.1 General. This Section pertains to IO-gage and 12-gage cold-rolled steel perforated tubing
- ASTM A-525, Designation G-90. Galvanizing shall be performed after all forming and punching
-
-
-
-
G 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 67 of 139 Pages
TABLE 206-8.2(A)
LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SIZE TOLERANCE
Nominal Outside Dimensions
mm (inches) Mm (inches)
Outside Tolerance for All Sides at Comers
25 x 25
(1 1/4 x 1V4) 32 x 32
0.005 0.13 (1 x 1) 0.006 0.15
38 x 38
0.010 0.25 (21/4 x 21/4) 57 x 57
0.008 0.20 (1 v4 x 1 3/4) 44x44
0.006 0.15 (1V2X 11/2)
51 x 51
0.25 (2 x 3) 51 x 76
0.010 0.25 (214 x 2V2) 64 x 64
0.010 0.25 (23/ls X 23/1,) 56 x 56
0.008 0.20 (2 x 2)
0.01 0
TABLE 206-8.2181
LIGHT GAGE STEEL TUBING SQUARENESS OF SIDES AND TWIST
Nominal Outside Dimension I Sauareness") I Twist Permissible in 900 mm f3?
(') Tubing may have its sides failing to be 90 degrees to each other by the tolerance listed.
Twist is measured by holding down the edge of one end of a square tube on a surface plate
with the bottom side of the tube parallel to the surface plate, and noting the height that either
corner on the opposite end of the bottom side is above the surface plate.
-
Add the following section:
206-8.3 Fasteners. Fasteners used to assemble cold-rolled steel perforated tubing shall be steel
"pull-through" electrogalvanized rivets with 9.5 mm (3/8") diameter shank, 22 mm (7/8") diameter
head, and a grip range of from 5 mm (0.200") to 0.90 mm (0.356"). The fasteners shall conform to
ASTM 6-633, Type 111
-
-
9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 68 of 139 Paaes
SECTION 207 - PIPE
Add the following section:
207-25 UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE.
Add the following section:
207-25.1 Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape: Detectable Underground Utility
Marking Tape shall have a minimum 0.13 rnm (0.005”) overall thickness, with no less than a 35
gauge (AWG), 0.14 mm aluminum foil core. The foil must be visible from both sides. The layers shall
be laminated together with the extrusion lamination process, not adhesives. No inks or printing shall extend to the edges of the tape. All printing shall be encased to avoid ink rub-off. Detectable
Underground Utility Marking Tape shall conform to the properties listed in Tables 207-25(A) and 207-
25 (6).
TABLE 207-25.1(B)
DETECTABLE UNDERGROUND UTILITY MARKING TAPE COLORS
Color Utility Marked
Red Electric power, distribution, transmission, and municipal electric systems.
Yellow
Telephone and telegraph systems, police and fire communications, and cable television. Orange
Gas and oil distribution and transmission, dangerous materials, product and steam.
Green Sanitary and storm sewer systems, nonpotable.
Brown Force mains.
Purple Reclaimed water lines.
Blue Water systems.
- Add the following section:
207-25.2 Materials Approvals. Detectable Underground Utility Marking Tape shall meet the requirements of each of the following agencylassociation publications. . ~- A. Department of Transportation, Materials Transportation Bureau, Office of Pipeline Safety.
- to Pipelines. Adopted June 7, 1974. Report NTSB-PSS-73-1.
- USAS code for pressure piping 931.8, paragraph 192.321(e). 6. National Transportation Safety Board, Washington, DC, Special Study Prevention of Damage
G 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 69 of 139 Pages
C. American Petroleum Institute (API). Recommended practice for marking buried liquid
petroleum pipelines - APR RP 1109. D. General Services Administration, Washington, DC, Public Buildings Service Guide
Specification for Mechanical and Electrical Equipment - PES 4-1501, Amendment 2, Page
501-14, Paragraph 18, Subparagraph 18.1, Clause 18.1.1.
E. Rural Electrification Authority (REA), U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC. National
Electrical Safety Code for Underground Construction for remote and immediate hazards.
SECTION 209 - ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
209 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS. Modify as follows: Section 209, "Signals, Lighting and Traffic
Electrical Systems", herein, shall replace Section 209, "Electrical Components", of the SSPWC in all
matters pertaining to the specifications for measurement, payment, warranty, and materials and
methods of construction for all elements of street lighting and traffic signals. For electrical
components provided and installed in systems not including street lighting and traffic signals section
209 SSPWC is unmodified except as specified in sections other than section 209, "Signals, Lighting
and Electrical Systems", herein. For section 209, "Signals, Lighting and Electrical Systems", for all
elements of street lighting and traffic signals both construction materials and construction methods
have been combined into a single section.
SECTION 209 - SIGNALS, LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
209-1 GENERAL
209-1.01 Description. Signals, lighting and electrical systems work shall consist of furnishing and
installing, modifying or removing one or more traffic signals, traftic signal master controller
assemblies and interconnection facilities, flashing beacon systems, lighting systems, sign
illumination systems, traffic monitoring stations, communication systems, electrical equipment in
structures, falsework lighting, provisions for future systems, or combinations thereof, all as shown on
the plans, and as specified in these special provisions.
The locations of signals, beacons, standards, lighting fixtures, signs, controls, services and
appurtenances shown on the plans are approximate and the exact locations will be established by
the Engineer in the field. All systems shall be complete and in operating condition at the time of
acceptance of the contract.
209-1.015 Definitions. The following definitions pertain only to Section 209, "Signals, Lighting and
Electrical Systems."
Actuation.- The operation of any type of detector.
of 24 hours at operating voltage at a 100% duty cycle, and in an ambient temperature of 60%
Burn-In Procedure. -The procedure by which each LED signal module is energized for a minimum
(140'F).
Candlepower Values. - Luminous intensity expressed in candelas (cd).
Channel.- A discrete information path.
Chromaticity (Color). - The color of the light emitted by a signal module, specified as x-y
chromaticity coordinates on the chromaticity diagram according to the 1931 Commission
lnternationale d'Eclairage standard observer and coordinate system. The measured chromaticity
coordinates shall fall within the limits specified in VTCSH Section 8.04 "Limits of Chromaticity
Coordinates."
Controller Assembly.- The complete assembly for controlling the operation of a traffic signal or other system, consisting of a controller unit, and all auxiliary equipment housed in a rainproof cabi-
net.
Q 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 70 of 139 Pages
”
.-
I
Controller Unit.-That part of the controller assembly which performs the basic timing and logic
functions.
Detector.- A device for indicating the passage or presence of vehicles or pedestrians.
Duty Cycle. - The amount of illuminated on-time a signal module is energized, expressed as a
percent of signal cycle time period.
Electro1ier.- The complete assembly of lighting standard, luminaire, ballast and lamp.
Flasher.- A device used to open and close signal circuits at a repetitive rate.
Flashing Beacon Control Assembly.- A complete electrical mechanism for operating a warning
beacon or intersection control beacon.
Inductive Loop Vehicle Detector.- A detector capable of being actuated by the change of
inductance caused by a vehicle passing over or standing over the loop.
Integrating Photometer. - An instrument used in measuring the intensity of light that enables total
luminous flux to be determined by a single measurement.
LED Light Source. - An individual light emitting diode.
LED Signal Module, - A sealed circular ball or arrow that includes the lens and utilizes LED
devices as the light source. An LED signal module may directly replace an existing traffic signal
lamp and lens combination.
Lighting Standard.- The pole and mast arm which support the luminaire.
Luminaire.- The assembly which houses the light source and controls the light emitted from the
light source.
Magnetic Vehicle Detector.- A detector capable of being actuated by the induced voltage caused
by the passage of a vehicle through the earth’s magnetic field.
Magnetometer Vehicle Detector.-A detector capable of being actuated by the magnetic
disturbance caused by the passage or presence of a vehicle.
Major Street.- The roadway approach or approaches at an interseclion normally carrying the major
volume of vehicular traffic.
Minimum Intensity. - In accordance with the values in Table 1 of the existing “Vehicle Traffic
Control Signal Heads”, hereinafter VTCSH standard, the minimum intensity values below which no
LED signal modules will be released from the supplier.
Minor Street.- The roadway approach or approaches at an intersection normally carrying the minor
volume of vehicular traffic.
Pedestrian Detector.-A detector, usually of the push button type, capable of being operated by
hand.
“Plans and Specifications”, et seq. as well as the “STANDARD PLANS”, 1995 edition as promulgated
Plans. - For this Section (Section 209) plans shall include all documents listed in Section 2.5,
by the State of California, Department of Transportation.
Power Consumption. - The rms electrical power (watts) consumed by an LED signal module
when operated at rated voltage.
Pre-timed Controller Assembly.- A controller assembly for operating traffic signals in accordance
with a pre-determined cycle length.
Rated Initial Intensity. - The light intensity of a new LED signal module, operated at rated voltage,
measured after the bum-in procedure with an integrating photometer.
Rated Voltage. -The ac rms voltage at which light output performance and power consumption are
specified (1 17 VAC at 60 Hz).
Signal Face.- That part of a signal head provided for controlling traffic in a single direction and
consisting of one or more signal sections.
Signal Head.- An assembly containing one or more signal faces.
Signal indication.-The illumination of a signal section or other device, or of a combination of
sections or other devices at the same time.
Signal Section.- A complete unit for providing a signal indication consisting of a housing, lens,
reflector, lamp receptacle and lamp.
Q 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 71 of 139 Pages
Sun Phantom. - The effect of an outside light source entering the signal assembly and being
returned in such a manner as to present the appearance of the signal assembly being illuminated.
Traffic-Actuated Controller Assembly,- A controller assembly for operating traffic signals in
accordance with the varying demands of traffic as registered with the controller unit by detectors.
Trafk Phase.- The right of way, change and clearance intervals assigned to a traffic movement or combination of movements.
Vehicie.- Any motor vehicle normally licensed for highway use.
VTCSH Standard. - The definitions and practices described in "Vehicle Traffic Control Signal
Heads" published in the "Equipment and Materials Standards" of the Institute Of Transportation
Engineers.
209-1.02 Regulations and Code. All electrical equipment shall conform to the standards of the
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), the Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. (UL), the
Electrical Testing Laboratories (ETL), the National Electrical Testing Association, Inc. (NETA), or the
Electronic Industries Association (EIA), wherever applicable. In addition to the requirements of the
the National Electrical Code 1996 edition, hereinafter referred to as the Code; California Code of plans, these special provisions, all materials and workmanship shall conform to the requirements of
Regulations, Title 8, Chapter 4, Subchapter 5, Electrical Safety Orders; Rules for Overhead Electrical
Line Construction, General Order No. 95 of the Public Utilities Commission; Standards of the
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM); American National Standards Institute (ANSI);
and any local ordinances which may apply. Wherever reference is made to any of the standards
mentioned above, the reference shall be construed to mean the code, order, or standard that is in
effect on the day the Notice to Contractors for the work is dated.
209-1.03 Equipment List and Drawings. Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Engineer,
the Contractor shall, within 15 days following award of the contract, submit to the Engineer for review
a list of equipment and materials which the Contractor proposes to install as specified in Section 2-
5.3, "Shop Drawings and Submittals." The list shall be complete as to name of manufacturer, size
and identifying number of each item. The list shall be supplemented by such other data as may be
required, including schematic wiring diagrams and scale drawings of cabinets showing location and
spacing of shelves, terminal blocks and equipment, including dimensioning. All of the above data
shall be submitted, install as specified in Section 2-5.3, "Shop Drawings and Submittals", for review.
Where electrical equipment is constructed as detailed on the plans, the submission of detailed
drawings and diagrams will not be required.
The Contractor shall furnish 5 sets of controller cabinet schematic wiring diagrams made by (1) wet
blueprint, white background process using iron-sensitized paper, (2) the offset lithograph process, or
(3) the electrostatic process. The diagrams shall show the location of the installation and shall list all
equipment installed in each controller cabinet. In addition, for each signal installation, the Contractor
shall furnish an intersection sketch showing poles, detectors, field wire connection terminals and
phasing as shown on the plans. All schematic wiring diagrams of the controller units and auxiliary
equipment, all cabinet diagrams, and all operation manuals shall be submitted at the time the
controller assemblies are delivered for testing. The schematic wiring diagram shall show in detail all
circuits and parts. All parts shown thereon shall be identified by name or number and in such
manner as to be readily interpreted. All diagrams, plans and drawings shall be prepared using
graphic symbols shown in ANSI publication Y32.2, entitled 'IEEE Standard and American National
Standard Graphic Symbols for Electrical and Electronic Diagrams."
209-1.04 Warranties, Guaranties and Instruction Sheets. Manufacturers' warranties and
guaranties furnished for materials used in the work and instruction sheets and parts lists supplied
with materials shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to acceptance of the project.
.~ .
"
"
"
Q 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 72 of 139 Pages
209-1.06 Maintaining Existing and Temporary Electrical Systems. Existing electrical systems
(traffic signal, street lighting, flashing beacon, traffic monitoring, sign illumination and other facilities),
or approved temporary replacements thereof, shall be kept in effective operation for the benefit of the
traveling public during the progress of the work, except when shutdown is permitted, to allow for
alterations or final removal of the systems. The traffic signal shutdowns shall be limited to normal
working hours. Lighting system shutdowns shall not interfere with the regular lighting schedule,
unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to
performing any work on existing systems. The Contractor shall notify the local traffic enforcement
agency prior to any operational shutdown of a traffic signal.
The Contractor shall ascertain the exact location and depth of existing detectors, conduits, pull boxes
and other electrical facilities before using any tools or equipment that may damage those facilities or
interfere with any electrical system. Where damage is caused by the Contractor's operations, the
Contractor shall, at the Contractor's expense, repair or replace damaged facilities promptly in
the detector hand hole or termination pull box, is damaged by the Contractor's operations, the
accordance with these specifications. If any existing loop conductor, including the portion leading to
Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer. The affected detectors shall be replaced at the
Contractor's expense and as directed by the Engineer within 24 hours. If the Contractor fails to
complete the repairs within this period, the repairs will be made by Agency forces at the Contractor's
expense. Should the Contractor fail to perform the required repairs or replacements, the cost of
performing the repairs or replacements will be deducted from any moneys due or to become due the
Contractor.
Where roadways are to remain open to traffic and existing lighting systems are to be modified, the
lighting systems shall remain in operation and the final connection to the modified circuit shall be
made so that the modified circuit will be in operation by nightfall of the same day. Temporary
electrical installations shall be kept in effective operation until the temporary installations are no
longer required for the traveling public. Removal of temporary installations shall conform to the provi-
sions in Section 209-7, "Removing, Reinstalling or Salvaging Electrical Equipment." These
provisions will not relieve the Contractor in any manner of the Contractor's responsibilities as
provided in Sections 4-1 .I, "General" and 4-1.2, "Protection of Work and Materials."
During traffic signal system shutdown the Contractor shall place "STOP AHEAD" and "STOP" signs
to direct vehicle and pedestrian traffic through the intersection. All signal faces shall be covered
when the system is shut down overnight. Temporary "STOP AHEAD" and "STOP" signs shall be
either covered or removed when the system is turned on. "STOP AHEAD and "STOP" signs shall
Closures, Detours, Barricades." Minimum size of "STOP" signs shall be 750 mm (30"). One "STOP
be furnished by the Contractor and shall conform to the provisions in Section 7-10.3, "Street
AHEAD" sign and one "STOP" sign shall be placed for each direction of traffic. For two, or more,
lane approaches, two "STOP" signs shall be placed for each direction of traffic. Location of the signs
shall be as directed by the Engineer.
209-1.06 Scheduling of Work. No above ground work, except service equipment, shall be
performed until the Contractor has all materials on hand to complete that particular signal location or
lighting circuit. Work shall be so scheduled that each traffic signal, lighting and sign illumination
system shall be completed and ready for operation prior to opening the corresponding section of the
roadway to traffic.
*) ts 911 1/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 73 of 139 Pages
Traffic signals shall not be placed in operation for use by public traffic without the written approval of
the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer no less than three
days prior to placing any traffic signal in operation. Traffic signals shall not be placed in operation for
use by public traffic without the energizing of street lighting at the intersection to be controlled if street
lighting exists or is being installed in conjunction with the traffic signals. Traffic signals shall not be
placed in operation until the roadways to be controlled are open to public traffic, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Lighting and traffic signals shall not be placed in operation, including
flashing operation, prior to commencement of the functional test period specified in Section 209-2.14,
"Testing," unless ordered otherwise by the Engineer.
I
-
-
Conductors shall not be pulled into conduit until pull boxes are set to grade, crushed rock sumps
installed, and metallic conduit bonded.
The initial turn-on shall be made only between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 2:OO p.m. and Tuesday
through Thursday unless otherwise approved, in writing, by the Engineer. Prior to turn-on, all
equipment as shown on the plans shall be installed and operable including pedestrian signals,
pedestrian push buttons, vehicle detectors, lighting, signs and pavement delineation. All louvers,
visors, and signal faces shall be directed to provide maximum visibility. Functional tests shall start
on any working day except Friday, or the day preceding a legal holiday. .. ~
209-1.07 Safety Precautions. Attention is directed to Section 7-10.4.1, "Safety Orders." Before
starting work on existing series street lighting circuits, the Contractor shall obtain daily a safety circuit
clearance from the serving utility. By-pass switch plugs shall be pulled and "Men at Work" signs
posted at switch boxes before any work is done.
-
-
209-2 MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION - -.
209-2.01 Excavating and Backfilling. The excavations required for the installation of conduit,
foundations, and other appurtenances shall be performed in such a manner as to avoid any
unnecessary damage to streets, sidewalks, landscaping, and other improvements. The trenches
shall not be excavated wider than necessary for the proper installation of the electrical
appurtenances and foundations. Excavation shall not be performed until immediately before
installation of conduit and other appurtenances. The material from the excavation shall be placed in
a position that will not cause damage or obstruction to vehicular and pedestrian traffic nor interfere
with surface drainage. -
Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Engineer, all surplus excavated material shall be
removed and disposed of, within 48 hours, outside the public right of way in accordance with the
provisions in Sections 7-8.1, "Cleanup and Dust Control", 300-1.3, "Removal and Disposal of
Materials" and 302-6, "Surplus Material", depending on the origin and nature of the materials to be
removed and disposed.
The excavations shall be backfilled in conformance with the provisions in Sections 300-3.5,
"Structure Backfill" or 306-1.3, 'Backfill and Densification," depending on the nature of the structure
or conduit that the excavation being backfilled accommodates. Excavations after backfilling shall be
kept well filled and maintained in a smooth and well-drained condition until permanent repairs are
made. All excavations shall be filled, and sidewalks, pavement, and landscaping restored at each
intersection prior to excavating at any other intersection, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer.
Excavations in the street or highway shall be performed in such a manner that not more than one
traffic lane is restricted at any time, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
-
-
.~
-
@ 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 74 of 139 Pages
~~
- 209-2.02 Removing and Replacing Improvements. In addition to the requirements of sections 7-
9, "Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements" and 306-1.5, "Trench Resurfacing"
Improvements such as sidewalks, curbs, gutters, portland cement concrete and asphalt concrete pavement, underlying material, lawns and plants, and any other improvements removed, broken or
damaged by the Contractor's operations, shall be replaced or reconstructed with the same kind of
material as found on the work or with materials of equal quality. The new work shall be left in a
-
-.
.. serviceable condition.
Whenever a part of a square or slab of existing concrete sidewalk, curb, gutter, or driveway is broken
or damaged, the entire square, section or slab shall be removed and the concrete reconstructed as
above specified. The outline of all areas to be removed in portland cement concrete sidewalks and driveways and in pavements shall be cut to a minimum depth of 50 mm (2") with an abrasive type
saw prior to removing the sidewalk, driveways and pavement material. Cuts shall be neat and true
along score lines, with no shatter outside the removal area.
209-2.03 Foundations. Portland cement materials and construction methods shall conform to
Section 201, "Concrete, Mortar and Related concrete Materials," for Materials and Section 303,
"Concrete and Masonry Construction," for construction methods. Concrete foundations shall rest on
firm ground.
Reinforced cast-in-drilled-hole concrete pile foundations for traffic signal and lighting standards shall
conform to the provisions in Section 205-3.3, "Cast-in-Place Concrete Piles," except that material
Backfilling." The exposed portions of the foundation shall be formed to present a neat appearance.
-
- resulting from drilling holes shall be disposed of as provided in Section 209-2.01, "Excavating and
I I Forms shall be true to line and grade. Tops of foundations for posts and standards, except special foundations, shall be finished to curb or sidewalk grade or as directed by the Engineer. Forms shall
be rigid and securely braced in place. Conduit ends and anchor bolts shall be placed in proper
- position and to proper height, and shall be held in place by means of a template until the concrete
sets.
Anchor bars or studs and nuts, except for Type 30 and Type 31 lighting standards, shall conform to
ASTM Designation: A 307. Headed anchor bolts for foundations shall conform to the specifications
of ASTM Designation: A 307, Grade B with S1 supplementary requirements. At the option of the
Contractor, nonheaded anchor bolts for foundations shall conform either to the specifications of
ASTM Designation: A 307, Grade C or to the provisions in AASHTO Designation: M 314, Grade 36
or 55 with SI supplementary requirements. When nonheaded anchor bolts conforming to the
specifications of ASTM Designation: A 307, Grade C are furnished, the end of each fabricated
end that projects from the concrete shall be permanently coded with a green color by the
manufacturer. High strength anchor bolts, bars, or studs for Type 30 and Type 31 lighting standards
requirements of ASTM Designation: A 325 or A 325M after galvanizing. Nuts and washers for high
strength anchor bolts shall conform to ASTM Designations: A 563 or A 563M, and F 476 or F 476M, - respectively. In addition to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 449, studs shall be marked on
either end as required for bolt heads. All steel parts shall be galvanized in accordance with the
provisions in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities."
The upper threaded portion of all anchor bolts shall be provided with 2 nuts and 2 washers each, - Anchor bars or studs shall be provided with 3 nuts and washers each. Welding shall not be
performed on any portion of the body of high-strength anchor bolts, anchor bars, or studs.
-
-.
- anchor bolt shall be either coded by end stamping as required in ASTM Designation: A 307 or the
-. shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 325, A 325M or A 449 and shall comply with the mechanical
-
-
em
9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 75 of 139 Pages
Plumbing of the standards shall be accomplished by adjusting the leveling nuts before placing mortar
or before the foundation is finished to final grade. Shims, or other similar devices shall not be used
for plumbing or raking of posts, standards or pedestals.
Both forms and ground which will be in contact with the concrete shall be thoroughly moistened
before placing concrete. Forms shall not be removed until the concrete has thoroughly set. Ordinary surface finish, as specified in Section 303-1.9.2, 'Ordinary Surface Finish," shall be applied to
exposed surfaces of concrete. Where obstructions prevent the construction of a planned foundation,
the Contractor shall construct an effective foundation as directed by the Engineer. The foundations shown on the plans shall be extended if conditions require additional depth, and the additional work,
if ordered by the Engineer, will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 3-2, "Changes
Initiated By The Agency."
Unless otherwise specified or shown on the plans, foundations not to be reused shall be removed.
The resulting hole shall be backfilled with material equivalent to the surrounding material. Unless
otherwise shown on the plans, all standards to be relocated shall be provided with new foundations
and anchor bolts of the proper type and size. Posts, poles, standards, pedestals, and cabinets shall
not be erected until the foundation has set at least 7 days, and shall be plumbed or raked, as
directed by the Engineer. In unpaved areas, a 1.0 m (3') square, 100 mm (4") thick or of the size
shown on the plans, whichever is the larger, raised pad of portland cement concrete shall be placed
in front of each controller cabinet.
209-2.04 Standards, Steel Pedestals and Posts. Standards for traffic signals and lighting, and
steel pedestals for cabinets and other similar equipment shall be located as shown on the plans.
welding shall conform to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code," and to the requirements in this
Workmanship and finish shall be equal to the best general practice of metal fabrication shops. All
Section 209-2.04. All welds joining the shafts of the standards and mast arms to their base plates
shall be as shown on the plans, however, alternative weld joint details may be approved by the
Engineer. Approval of alternative weld joint details will be contingent upon the proposed weld joint
passing both weld procedure and nondestructive testing as deemed necessary by the Engineer. All
costs of the supplemental testing shall be borne by the Contractor.
All standards except Type 1, and all signal mast arms, shall have an aluminum identification plate, as
noted on the plans, attached with stainless steel rivets or screws. Type I standards and steel
pedestals for controller cabinets shall be constructed of 3 mm (.125") or thicker galvanized steel; or
100 mm (4) standard weight galvanized, steel pipe or Size 103, Type 1 conduit, with the top
designed for post-top slip-fitter. Standard weight galvanized, steel pipe shall conform to the
specifications of ASTM Designation: A 53. Materials and construction methods for all ferrous metal
parts of standards, with shaft length of 4.6 m (IS) and longer, shall conform to the details shown on
the plans, the requirements of Sections 206, "Miscellaneous Metal Items," for Materials and Section
304, "Metals Fabrication and Construction," for construction methods except as otherwise noted, and
the following requirements:
1) Except as otherwise specified, standards shall be fabricated from sheet steel of weldable grade
having a minimum yield strength, after fabrication, of 276 Mpa (40,000 psi). Certified test reports
which verify conformance to the minimum yield strength requirements shall be submitted to the
received steel has a lower yield strength than required, the Contractor shall provide supportive test
Engineer. The test reports may be the mill test reports for the as-received steel or, when the as-
the tensile properties of the steel to meet the specified minimum yield strength. The supportive test
data which provides assurance that the Contractor's method of cold forming will consistently increase
data shall include tensile properties of the steel both before and after cold forming for specific heats
and thicknesses.
2) When a single-ply 8 mm (0.3125") thick pole is specified, a 2-ply pole with equivalent section
modulus may be substituted. Standards may be fabricated of full-length sheets or shorter sections.
"
L
c
a 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 76 of 139 Pages
"
Each section shall be fabricated from not more than 2 pieces of sheet steel. Where 2 pieces are
used, the longitudinal welded seams shall be directly opposite one another. When the sections are
butt-welded together, the longitudinal welded seams on adjacent sections shall be placed to form
continuous straight seams from base to top of standard.
3) Butt-welded transverse joints shall be strengthened by inserting a metal sleeve at each joint. The
sleeve shall be 3 mm (0,120") nominal thickness, or thicker, steel having the same chemical
composition as the steel in the standard. When the sections to be joined have different specified
minimum yield strengths, the steel in the sleeve shall have the same chemical composition as the
higher minimum yield strength steel to be joined. The metal sleeve shall have a minimum length of 25 mm. The sleeve shall be centered at the joint and have the same taper as the standard with the
outside of the sleeve in full contact with the inside of the standard throughout the sleeve length and
circumference. All welds shall be continuous. The weld metal at the transverse joint shall extend to
the sleeve, making the sleeve an integral part of the joint. Longitudinal welds in steel tubular
sections will be tested in accordance with California Test 664. The sampling frequency shall be as
determined by the Engineer. The welds may be made by the electric resistance welding process. All
exposed welds, except fillet and fatigue resistant welds and welds on top of mast arms, shall be
ground flush with the base metal.
4) All exposed edges of the plates which make up the base assembly shall be finished smooth and
all exposed corners of the plates shall be neatly rounded unless otherwise shown on the plans.
Shafts shall be provided with slip-fitter shafl caps. Standards shall be straight, with a permissive
variation not to exceed 25 mm (1") measured at the midpoint of a 9 m (30) or 11 m (36) standard
Variation shall not exceed 25 mm (1") at a point 4.5 m (15') above the base plate for Type 35 and
and not to exceed 20 mm (3/4") measured at the midpoint of a 5 m (17') through 6 m (20) standard.
Type 36 standards. 5) All galvanized nuts, used on assemblies with a specified preload or torque, shall be lubricated in
accordance with the requirements specified for galvanized Grade DH nuts in ASTM Designation:
A 563 or A 563M.
6) Standards with an outside diameter of 300 mm (12") or less shall be round. Standards with an
outside diameter greater than 300 mm (12") shall be round or multisided. Multisided standards shall
have a minimum of 10 sides which shall be convex and shall have a minimum bend radius of
100 mm (4").
7) Mast arms for standards, shall be fabricated from material as specified for standards and shall
conform to the dimensions shown on the plans.
8) The cast steel option for slip bases shall be fabricated from material conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A 27/A 27M, Grade 7040. Other comparable material may be
used if written permission is given by the Engineer. The casting tolerances shall be in accordance
with the Steel Founder's Society of America recommendations (green sand molding). One casting
from each lot of 50 castings or less shall be subject to radiographic inspection, in accordance with
the provisions in ASTM Designation: E 94. The castings shall comply with the acceptance criteria
severity level 3 or better for all types and categories of discontinuities as specified in ASTM
Designations: E 186 and E 446. If the one casting fails to pass the inspection, 2 additional castings
shall be radiographed. Both of these castings shall pass the inspection or the entire lot of 50 will be
films of the castings shall be filed at the manufacturer's office. These certifications and films shall be rejected. Material certifications consisting of physical and chemical properties, and radiographic
available for inspection upon request.
9) High-strength bolts, nuts and flat washers used to connect slip base plates shall conform to ASTM
Designation: A 325 or A 325M and shall be galvanized as specified in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing
for Traffic Signal Facilities."
10) Plate washers shall be fabricated by saw cutting and drilling steel plate conforming to AIS1
Designation: 1018, and be galvanized as specified in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Signal
Facilities."
- e 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 77 of 139 Pages
11) Prior to galvanizing, all burrs and sharp edges shall be removed and holes shall be chamfered
sufficiently on each side to allow the bolt head to make full contact with the washer without tension
on the bolt.
to ASTM Designation: A 325, A 325M or ASTM Designation: A 449 and shall comply with the me-
12) High-strength cap screws shown on the plans for attaching mast arms to standards shall conform
chanical requirements of ASTM Designation: A 325 or A 325M after galvanizing. The cap screws
shall be galvanized as specified in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities." The
threads of the cap screws shall be coated with a lubricant which is clean and dry to the touch.
13) The galvanized faying surfaces of the connections between signal or lighting mast arms and
poles shall be free of surface imperfections, such as lumps, runs, and scum, which would prevent
intimate, uniform contact between the faying surfaces.
14) Handholes in the base of standards shall conform to the details shown on the plans. All
handholes shall be provided with covers.
15) Changes in Configuration of mast arms will be permitted, provided the mounting height and
stability are maintained. Fabricators electing to use larger than minimum ann diameters shall adjust
the details as required to permit solid seating of the cap screws. All arms shall be bent to the
approximate configuration shown on the plans. A smooth curving arm is required.
16) Pedestrian push button posts shall be constructed of 65 mm (2 '/2") standard pipe conforming to
the dimensions shown on the plans. Guard posts shall be constructed of 100 mm (4") nominal
dimension galvanized standard pipe 1.7 m (66") long. Posts shall be set 900 mm (3') in a block of
portland cement concrete, as shown on the plans, and the pipe shall be filled with portland cement
concrete. Push button posts and guard posts shall be pipe conforming to the specifications of ASTM
Designation: A 53.
17) Slip bases shall be assembled and tightened when the pole is on the ground prior to erection.
The threads of the heavy hex nuts for the slip base bolts shall be coated with an additional lubricant
which is clean and dry to the touch. Each high strength slip base bolt shall be tightened to within
10 N.m (IO foot-pounds), plus or minus, of values in Table 209-2.04(A):
TABLE 209-2.04 IAI
HIGH STRENGTH SLIP BASE BOLT TORQUE VALUES
Standard Type Torque Foot- Pounds Torque (Newton-meters)
15-SB 200
_.
150
30
200 275 31
150 200
36-2OA 165 225
209-2.05 Conduit, All conductors shall be run in conduit, except overhead and temporary -
installations, and where conductors are run inside poles. Conduit shall be of the sizes shown on the
plans and as specified in this Section 209-2.05. In addition, the Contractor may, as an option at the
Contractor's expense, use conduit of a larger size than that shown or specified, provided the larger
size is used for the entire length of the run from outlet to outlet. Reducing couplings will not be
permitted. New conduit shall not pass through foundations for standards.
~.
-
e-
9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 78 of 139 Pages
2093.05A MATERIAL. CONDUIT AND CONDUIT FlTrlNGS SHALL BE UL OR ETL LISTED AND
SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING Type I. Hot-dip galvanized rigid steel conduit conforming to the requirements in UL Publication UL 6 for Rigid Metallic Conduit. The zinc coating will be tested
2) Type 2. Hot-dip galvanized rigid steel conduit conforming to Type 1 above and coated with
in accordance with ASTM Designation: A 239.
polyvinyl chloride or polyethylene. The exterior thermoplastic coating shall have a minimum
thickness of 0.9 mm (35 mils).
3) Type 3. Rigid non-metallic conduit conforming to the requirements in the UL Standard for Rigid
Non-Metallic Conduit (Publication UL 651). Type 3 conduit shall be installed at all underground
4) Type 4. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit shall consist of conduit with a liquid tight, non-metallic,
locations.
sunlight-resistant jacket over an inner flexible metal core. Type 4 conduit shall be UL listed for use
as the grounding conductor.
5) Type 5. Intermediate steel conduit (IMC) conforming to the requirements in UL Publication 1242
for Intermediate Metallic Conduit. Type 5 conduit shall only be used when specified.
Bonding bushings to be installed on metal conduit shall be insulated and shall be the galvanized or
zinc alloy type. All conduit installed underground shall be Type 3, rigid non-metallic conduit. Type 3
conduit shall be installed at underground locations only.
209-2.05B Use. Unless otherwise indicated, the minimum metric trade size of conduit shall be:
1) From an electrolier to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 41 (1'/*" dia).
2) From a pedestrian push button post to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 27 (1" dia). 3) From a signal standard to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 53 (2" dia).
4) From a controller cabinet to the adjacent pull box shall be Size 78 (3" dia).
5) For detector runs shall be Size 41 (11/2" dia
6) Not otherwise specified shall be Size 41 (1 /: dla).
209-2.05C Installation. Conduit shall be installed in conformance with the codes and regulations
listed in Section 209-1.02, "Regulations and Code." Conduit runs shown on the plans may be
changed to avoid underground obstructions with written approval by the Engineer. The ends of all
conduits, whether shop or field cut, shall be reamed to remove burrs and rough edges. Cuts shall be
made square and true. Slip joints or running threads will not be permitted for coupling conduit.
When a standard coupling cannot be used for coupling metal type conduit, a UL or ETL listed
threaded union coupling shall be used. All couplings for metal type conduit shall be tightened to pro-
vide a good electrical connection throughout the entire length of the conduit run. Conduit shall be
tightened into couplings or fittings using strap wrenches or approved groove joint pliers. Conduit
threads and damaged surfaces on metal conduit shall be painted with 2 applications of approved
unthinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) conforming to the requirements in Section 210-3.6,
"Galvanizing for Traftic Signal Facilities." Aerosol cans shall not be used.
The ends of conduit shall be threaded and shall be capped with standard pipe caps or 'pennies" to
protect the raceway against dirt and concrete until wiring is started. When caps or "pennies" are
removed, the ends of conduit and conduit fittings shall be provided with conduit bushings. Conduit
terminating in pull boxes or foundations shall be provided with insulated bonding bushings
Conduit bends, except factory bends, shall have a radius of not less than 6 times the inside diameter
of the conduit. Where factory bends are not used, conduit shall be bent, without crimping or
flattening, using the longest radius practicable.
). '
@ 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-ZA Page 79 of 139 Pages
A No. 12 copper pull wire or a pull rope shall be installed in all conduits which are to receive future
conductors. The pull rope shall be nylon or polypropylene with a minimum tensile strength of 2225 N
(500 pounds). At least 0.6 m (2) of pull wire or rope shall be doubled back into the conduit at each
termination. Existing underground conduit to be incorporated into a new system shall be cleaned
with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and blown out with compressed air.
Conduit shall be laid to a depth of not less than 460 mm (18") below grade in portland cement
concrete sidewalk areas and curbed paved median areas, and not less than 750 mm (30') below finished grade in all other areas. Conduit may be laid on top of the existing pavement within new
curbed medians being constructed on top of the existing pavement. Conduit couplings shall be
located at least 150 mm (6") from face of foundation.
Unless "Trenching In Pavement Method" is specifically allowed or required on the plans or in these
special provisions, conduit shall be placed under existing pavement by jacking or drilling methods.
Pavement shall not be disturbed without permission from the Engineer. In the event obstructions are
encountered, upon approval of the Engineer, small holes may be cut in the pavement to locate or
remove obstructions. Jacking or drilling pits shall be kept 0.6 rn (2') clear of the edge of any type of
pavement wherever possible. Excessive use of water, such that pavement might be undermined or
subgrade softened, will not be permitted. Conduit to be placed as part of the completed work shall
not be used for drilling or jacking.
209-2.06 Pull Boxes. Pull boxes shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans or as
specified. The Contractor may, as an option, at the Contractor's expense, use pull boxes of a larger
standard size than that shown or specified.
209-2.06A Materials. Pull boxes, covers and extensions for installation in the ground or in
sidewalk areas shall be of the sizes and details shown on the plans and shall be precast of
reinforced portland cement concrete (PCC). Covers shall be secured with 9 mm (3/8") bolts, cap
screws, or studs, and nuts which shall be of brass, stainless steel or other non-corroding metal
material. Stainless steel holddown bolts, cap screws or studs, and nuts and washers shall have a
chromium content of not less than 18 percent and a nickel content of not less than 8 percent.
All ferrous metal parts shall be galvanized in accordance with the provisions in Section 210-3.6,
"Galvanizing for Traffic Signal Facilities."
209-2.06B Cover Marking. Covers for pull boxes, except covers for ceiling pull boxes, shall be
marked as shown on the plans. Marking shall be clearly defined and uniform in depth and may be
placed parallel to either the long or short sides of the cover. Marking letters shall be between 25 rnm
(I") and 75 mm (3") high. Marking shall be applied to each steel or cast iron cover prior to
galvanizing by one of the following methods:
(a) Cast iron strips, at least 6 mm ('/4") thick, with the letters raised a minimum of 1.5 mm
Strips shall be fastened to covers with 6 mm ('I4") flathead stainless steel machine bolts and nuts.
Bolts shall be peened after tightening.
(b) Sheet steel strips at least 0.7 mm (22 ga.) with the letters raised a minimum of 1.5 mm ('1'8.)
above the surrounding surface of the strips. Strips shall be fastened to covers by spot welding, tack
welding or brazing, with 6 mm ('/a') stainless steel rivets, or with 6 mm ('I4") roundhead stainless
steel machine bolts and nuts. Bolts shall be peened after tightening.
(c) Bead welding the letters on the covers. The letters shall be raised at least 2 mm (5/3;).
".
"
"
"
tg 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 80 of 139 Pages
"
"
209-2.06C installation and Use. Pull boxes shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans
and, in conduit runs exceeding 60 m(200), shall be spaced at not over 60 m (200) intervals. The
Contractor may, at the Contractor's expense, install additional pull boxes to facilitate the work. The
bottoms of pull boxes installed in the ground or in sidewalk areas, shall be bedded in crushed rock as
shown on the plans.
209-2.08 Conductors. Conductors shall be copper of the gage shown on the plans, unless
specified otherwise. Copper wire shall conform to the specifications of ASTM Designations: B 3 and
B 8.
wire sizes, other than conductors used in loop detector lead-in cable, shall be based on American
Wke Gage (AWG), except that conductor diameter shall be not less than 98 percent of the specified
AWG diameter. Conductors for branch circuits shall be sized to prevent a voltage drop exceeding 3
percent at the furthest connected load, while drawing the combination of all connected loads capable
of simultaneous operation. The maximum voltage drop for both feeders and branch circuits shall not
exceed 5 percent at the furthest connected load, while drawing the combination of all connected
loads capable of simultaneous operation. Conductors used in loop detector lead-in cable shall
conform to the specifications of ASTM Designation: B 286. A Certificate of Compliance conforming
to the provisions in Section 4-1.5, "Certification," shall be submitted by the manufacturer with each
type of cable to be used on a project.
209-2.08A Conductor Identification. All single conductors in cables, except detector lead-in
cables, shall have clear, distinctive and permanent markings on the outer surface throughout the
entire length showing the manufacturer's name or trade'mark, insulation type letter designation,
conductor size, voltage rating and the number of conductors if a cable. Conductor insulation shall be
of a solid color or of basic colors with a permanent colored stripe as detailed in the following table
unless otherwise specified. Solid or basic colors shall be homogeneous through the full depth of
insulation. Identification stripes shall be continuous over the entire length of the conductor. For
conductor sizes No. 2 and larger, the insulation may be black and the ends of the conductors shall
be taped with electrical insulating tape of the required color for a minimum of 500 mm (20"). All single
conductors in cables shall be marked as shown in Table 209-2.08A (A):
TABLE 209-2.08A (A) CONDUCTORS
-1dentiaTon ~
Insulation Colors
Circuit Sue (Note 6) (Note 1) Base Signal Phase or Function Stripe
(Note 11)
Minimum Band Symbols
2,6 ....................................
14 3.7 .................... Purple Red, Yellow. Brown .................................... 3,7 1,s (Note 4) 14 1,5 .................... None Red,Yellow,Brown .................................... Vehide Signals $,0 14 ..................... ac ellow, rown .................................... 14 $,: .................... &ngke E: Tellow, Erm
................................ ................................
................................ ................................
@ 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 81 of 139 Pages
Grounded 8 Common
Interconnect
1. On overlaps. insulation is striped for first phase in designation. for example. a DhaSe (2+3) conductor is striped as for . hase 2. - ..
2. Land for overlap and special phases as required.
4. These requirements do not apply to signal cable. 3. Flashing beacons having separate sewice do not require banding.
5. 'S" if circuit is switched on line slde of service equi ment by utility. 6. Band conductors in each pull box and near ends oftenination points. On signal light circuits, a single band may be
7. engrounded conductors between service switch and flasher mechanism shall be black and banded as indicated in this laced around 2 or 3 ungrounded conductors compnslng a phase.
8. Conductors between ballasts and sign lighting lamps shall be No. 16 and color shall correspond to that of the ballast
9. Both conductors between external H.I.D. ballast and lamp socket shall be black. 10. Black acce table for size No. 2 and larger. Tape ends for 500 mm (20') with indicated color. 11. Wire sizeshed are minimums. Ampacity requirements of specific circuits or voltage drop may necessitate larger
209-2.088 Multiple Circuit Conductors. Conductors for multiple circuits shall be UL or ETL listed
and rated for 600-volt operation. The insulation for No. 14 through No. 4 conductors shall be one of
the following:
1) Type Tw polyvinyl chloride conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation: D 2219.
2) Type THW polyvinyl chloride.
3) Type USE, Type RHH or Type RHW cross-linked polyethylene.
column.
leads.
conductors.
At any point, the minimum thickness of any Type TW, THW, USE, RHH or RHW insulation shall be
1.0 mm (40 mils) for conductor sizes No. 14 to No. 10, inclusive, and 1.3 mm (54 mils) for No. 8 to No. 2, inclusive. The insulation for No. 2 and larger conductors shall be one of the types listed above
or shall be Type THWN. Conductors for wiring wall luminaires shall be stranded copper, with
insulation rated for use at temperatures up to 125%. Overhead lighting conductors shall be No. 8, or
larger, medium hard drawn copper with weatherproof covering.
2093.08C Series Circuit Conductors. Conductors for series circuits shall be No. 8, shall be
rated for 5000-volt operation and shall be insulated with 3.7 mm (150 mils) minimum thickness polyvinyl chloride compound conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: D 2219, or
polyethylene conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: D 1351.
G 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 82 of 139 Pages
209-2.08D Signal Cable. Sianal cable shall be installed. Individual conductors are not allowed.
Signal cable shall conform to the following: The cable jacket shall be black polyethylene with an inner
polyester binder sheath, and shall be rated for 600- volt and 75%. All cables shall have clear,
distinctive, and permanent markings on the outer surface throughout the entire length of the cable
showing the manufacturer's name or trademark, insulation designation, number of conductors,
conductor sizes, and the voltage rating of the jacket. Filler material, if used, shall be polyethylene
material. Individual conductors in the cable shall be solid copper with Type THWN insulation, and
shall conform to the requirements in Section 209-2.08, "Conductors," and ASTM Designation: B 286.
The minimum thickness of Type THWN insulation, at any point, shall be 0.3 mm ( 13 mils) for
thickness of the nylon jacket shall be 0.1 mm (4 mils) at any point.
conductor sizes No. 14 and No. 12, and 0.4 mm (18 mils) for conductor size No. IO. The minimum
Three-Conductor Cable (3CSC). The 3-conductor signal cable shall consist of three No. 14
conductors. The cable jacket shall have a minimum average thickness of 1.1 mm (45 mils) and a
minimum thickness at any point of 0.9 mm (36 mils). The nominal outside diameter of the cable shall
not exceed 10 mm (0.10"). The color code of the conductors shall be bluelblack stripe, blue/orange
stripe, and white/black stripe. The 3 conductor cable shall be used for pedestrian push buttons and a
spare.
Five Conductor Cable (SCSC). The 5-conductor signal cable shall consist of five No. 14
conductors. The cable jacket shall have a minimum average thickness of 1.1 mm (45 mils) and shall
have a minimum thickness at any point of 0.9 mm (36 mils). The nominal outside diameter of the
cable shall not exceed 13 mm (0.50"). The color code of the conductors shall be red, yellow, brown,
black, and white.
NineConductor Cable (SCSC). The 9-conductor cable shall consist of eight No. 14 conductors and
one No. 12 conductor. The cable jacket shall have a minimum average thickness of .5 mm (60 mils)
and shall have a minimum thickness at any point of 1.2 mm (48 mils). The nominal outside diameter
of the cable shall not exceed 17 mm (0.70"). The color code for the No. 12 conductor shall be white,
The color code for the No. 14 conductors shall be as Table 209-2.O8D(A):
TABLE 209-2.08D(A)
NINE-CONDUCTOR CABLE SIGNAL CABLE
Insulation Colors
Red
white/black stripe redblack stripe
Black brown
brownlblack stripe yellow
yellow/black stripe
Twelve-Conductor Cable (12CSC). The 12-conductor signal cable shall consist of eleven No. 14
conductors and one No. 12 conductor. The cable jacket shall have a minimum average thickness of
1.5 mm (60 mils) and shall have a minimum thickness at any point of 1.2 mm (48 mils). The nominal
outside diameter of the cable shall not exceed 17 mm (0.70"). The color code for the No. 12
conductor shall be white. The color code and functional connections for the No. 14 conductors shall be as Table 209-2.08D(B), unless otherwise approved by the Engineer:
@ 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 83 of 139 Pages
TABLE 209-2.08DfBI
The 12-conductor cable shall be used for vehicle signals, pedestrian signals, spares and the signal -.
common.
m w 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page84of 139Pages
TABLE 209-2.08DICI
1) The signal commons in each 28-conductor cable shall be kept separate except at the signal
2) Each 28-conductor cable shall be labeled in each pull box "Cl" or "C2",.
3) The cable identified TI" shall be used for signal Phases 1, 2, 3 and 4. The cable identified
4) Each signal cable, except 28-conductor, shall be marked, in each pull box, showing the signal
standard to which it is connected.
- controller.
-. "C2" shall be used for signal Phases 5,6,7 and 8.
209-2.08E Signal Interconnect Cable (SIC). Signal Interconnect Cable shall consist of six or
twelve No. 20, minimum, stranded tinned copper conductors as shown on the plans or required
herein. Each conductor shall be insulated with 0.33 rnm (0.013"), minimum nominal thickness, color
each pair. Each pair shall be wrapped with an aluminum polyester shield and shall have a No, 22 or
coded, polypropylene material. Conductors shall be in twisted pairs. Color coding shall distinguish
larger, stranded, tinned copper drain wire inside the shielded pair. The cable jacket shall be black,
high density polyethylene, rated for a minimum of 300- volts and 60"C, and shall have a nominal wall
thickness of 1.0 mm (40 mils), minimum. The cable jacket or the moisture-resistant tape directly
under the outer jacket shall be marked with the manufacturer's name, insulation type designation,
number of conductors and conductor size, and voltage and temperature ratings. Splices shall be
made only where shown on the plans or in controller cabinets. A minimum of one meter (3') of slack
e 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 85 of 139 Pages
shall be provided at each splice and 2 m (6) at each controller cabinet. Splices of conductors shall
be insulated with heat-shrink tubing of the appropriate size and shall overlap the conductor insulation
at least 15 mm (OS"). The overall cable splice shall be covered with heat-shrink tubing, with at least
40 mm (11/2y) of overlap of the cable jacket.
209-2.09 Wiring. All conductors shall be run in conduit, except overhead and temporary
installations and where conductors are run inside poles. Wiring shall be done in conformance with
the regulations and code listed in Section 209-1.02, "Regulations and Code," and the following
additional requirements:
209-2.09A Circuitry. Sufficient traffic signal light conductors shall be provided to perform the
functional operation of the signal and, in addition thereto, 3 spare conductors shall be provided in all
conduits containing traffic signal light conductors, unless shown otherwise on the plans. Traffic
signal light conductors shall not run to a terminal block on a standard unless they are to be
connected to a signal head that is mounted thereon. Connection to each terminal of a pedestrian
push button shall be by a single conductor. The common for pedestrian push button circuits shall be
separate from the traffic signal light circuit grounded conductors. Where ballasts or transformers are
used, series conductors shall be run from ballast to ballast, transformer to transformer, and from bal-
last or transformer to service.
209-2.09B Installation. A UL or ETL listed inert lubricant shall be used in placing conductors in
conduit. Conductors shall be pulled into conduit by hand and the use of winches or other power
actuated pulling equipment will not be permitted. All conductors shall be pulled directly from the
spool into the conduit and shall not be dragged on the ground as to cause damage to the
conductors. When new conductors are to be added to existing conductors in a conduit, all
conductors shall be removed; the conduit shall be cleaned as provided in Section 209-2.05C,
"Installation"; and both old and new conductors shall be pulled into the conduit as a unit. Where
traffic signal light conductors are run in lighting standards containing street lighting conductors from a
different service point, either the traffic signal light conductors or the lighting conductors shall be
encased in flexible or rigid metal conduit, to a point where the 2 types of conductors are no longer in
the same raceway. Temporary conductors less than 3 m (IO) above grade shall be enclosed in
flexible or rigid metal conduit.
At least 0.3 m (I ') of slack shall be left for each conductor at each signal or lighting standard, or
combined standard, and at least one meter (3) of slack at each pull box. At least one meter (3) of
slack shall be lefi for each conductor at each splice. Ends of spare conductors or conductors
terminated in pull boxes shall be taped to provide a watertight seal.
Conductors within fixtures or service cabinets shall be neatly arranged and shall be cabled together
with self-clinching nylon cable ties, or other method approved by the Engineer. Traffic signal light
conductors, interconnect conductors, service conductors, detector conductors and cables in
controller cabinets and flashing beacon cabinets shall be neatly arranged, and shall be cabled
together with self-clinching nylon cable ties, or enclosed in plastic tubing or raceway.
Conductor identification shall be provided under the following conditions:
1) Where signal phase or circuit are not clearly indicated by conductor insulation color and stripe
as detailed in the conductor table in Section 209-2.08, "Conductors," or when identification stripes
are not available, marking shall be as detailed in the conductor table for special and overlap
2) Where metered and unrnetered conductors occupy the same pull box, the unmetered circuit
phases.
conductors shall be identified, "UNMETERED-STREET LTG," "UNMETERED-COUNT STATION,"
or as appropriate to describe the unmetered circuit.
"
9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 86 of 139 Pages
Conductors shall be permanently identified as to function. Identification shall be placed on each
conductor, or each group of conductors comprising a signal phase, in each pull box and near the end of terminated conductors. Identification shall be by direct labeling, tags or bands fastened to the conductors in such a manner that they will not move along the conductors. Labeling shall be by
mechanical methods.
crimp type connectors as shown on the plans. Connectors and terminals shall be applied with the 2093.09C Connectors and Terminals. Conductors shall be joined by the use of UL or ETL listed
proper type tool as recommended by the manufacturer of the connector or terminal being used. Finished connections and terminals shall comply with the requirements of Military Specification MIL-
T-7928. All stranded conductors smaller than No. 14 shall be terminated in crimp style terminal lugs.
iron, pouring or dipping method. Open flame soldering will not be permitted.
All connectors and terminal lugs for conductor sizes No. 8 and smaller shall be soldered by the hot
209-2.09D Splicing and Terminations. Unless specified otherwise or permitted by the Engineer,
splices shall conform to the details shown on the plans and will be permitted only in the following
types of circuits at the following locations: 1) Grounded conductors in pull boxes.
2) Pedestrian push button conductors in pull boxes. 3) Multiple or series lighting conductors in the pull box adjacent to each electrolier or luminaire location or in the bases of Type 21 standards. Where electroliers are more than 120 m (400)
apart, splices will be permitted in pull boxes at 120 m (400), or greater, intervals.
4) When traffic signals are being modified, ungrounded traffic signal light conductors may be spliced in pull boxes at locations shown on the plans.
standard may be spliced to through conductors of the same phase in the pull box adjacent to the
5) Ungrounded traffic signal light conductors to a terminal compartment or signal head on a
standard. 6) All splices and terminal lugs for conductor sizes No. 8 and smaller shall be soldered by the hot
iron, pouring or dipping method. Open flame soldering will not be permitted.
209-2.09E Splice Insulation. All splices shall be capable of satisfactory operation under continuous submersion in water. Multi-conductor cables shall be spliced and insulated to provide a
watertight joint and to prevent absorption of moisture by the cable.
Where more than one conductor enters the sleeve of a ballast installed in a pull box, the insulation and taping shall be applied between the conductors in such a manner as to provide a watertight joint.
Splice insulation shall conform to the details shown on the plans.
Low-voltage tape shall be UL or ETL listed and shall be the following types: 1) Self-fusing, oil and flame-resistant, synthetic rubber.
2) Pressure-sensitive, adhesive, polyvinyl chloride, 0.15 mm (0.007”) minimum thickness.
Tape for insulating splices in high-voltage (over 600 V) circuits shall be designed for use on 5-kvolt circuits and shall be resistant to ozone, corona and water. Insulating pad shall be composed of a laminate of 2 mm (0.085’) thickness of electrical grade polyvinyl chloride and a 3 mm (0.125”)
thickness of butyl splicing compound with removable liner. Heat-shrink tubing shall be medium or heavy wall thickness, irradiated polyolefin tubing containing an adhesive mastic inner wall. Minimum wall thickness prior to contraction shall be one millimeter (39 mils). When heated, the inner wall shall melt and fill all crevices and interstices of the object being covered while the outer wall shrinks to
form a waterproof insulation. Each end of the heat-shrink tube or the open end of the end cap of heat-shrink tubing shall, after contraction, overlap the conductor insulation at least 38 mm (1%”). Heat-shrink tubing shall conform to the requirements of UL Standard 4688 and ANSI C119.1, for extruded insulated tubing at 600-V. All heat-shrink tubing shall also meet the requirements of Table 209-2.09E(A):
- G 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A -~ Page 87 of 139 Pages
TABLE 2093.09EIA1
-
HEAT-SHRINK TUBING
Property I Requirement
-.
Shrinkage Ratio 1 33 percent, maximum, of supplied diameter when heated to 125°C and - allowed to cool to 25'C.
Dielectric Strength
Resistivity
140 kV per 10 mm, minimum.
0.5 percent, maximum. Water Absorption
-40°C to 90% (135°C Emergency). Operating Temperature
14 Mpa, minimum. Tensile Strength
1013 z mm, minimum.
..
.. ~
When three or more conductors are to be enclosed within a single splice using heat-shrink tubing,
mastic shall be placed around each conductor, prior to being placed inside the heat-shrink tubing.
The mastic shall be the type recommended by the manufacturer of the heat-shrink tubing. After
contraction, the ends and seams of heat-shrink tubing shall be painted with electrical insulating "
coating. Heat-shrink tubing shall not be heated with an open flame. A heating device designed for
the purpose is required.
The Contractor may, at the Contractor's option, use either of the following splice insulation methods:
"
.-
I) "Method 6" as shown on the plans. A minimum of 2 thicknesses of electrical insulating pad
shall be used. Pads shall be applied to the splice in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
2) Heat-shrink tubing as provided above.
-.
209-2.095 Fused Splice Connectors. In the pull box adjacent to each luminaire a fused - -
disconnect splice connector shall be installed in each ungrounded conductor between the line and
the ballast. The connector shall be readily accessible in the pull box regardless of whether the
ballast is remote or is integral with the luminaire.
For 240-volt and 480-volt circuits, each connector shall be designed so that both ungrounded
conductors are disconnected simultaneously. The connector shall have no exposed metal parts,
except the head of a stainless steel assembly screw ma be exposed. The head of the metal as-
sembly screw shall be recessed a minimum of 0.8 mm ( /J2y) below the top of a plastic boss which
surrounds the head. "
The splice connector shall completely enclose the fuse and shall protect the fuse against damage
from water and weather. The contact between the fuse and fuse holder shall be by spring pressure.
The terminals of the splice connector shall be rigidly crimped, using a tool of the type recommended
by the manufacturer of the fused splice connector, onto the line conductors and the conductors to the
ballasts and shall be insulated and made waterproof in accordance with the splice connector
manufacturer's recommendations. Fused splice connectors shall not be used in series circuits.
Fuses shall be standard midget, ferrule type, with "Non-Time-Delay" feature, and shall be 10 mm
("132") x 38 mm (11/2").
-.
7
-
G 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 66 of 139 Pages
209-2.10 Bonding and Grounding. Metallic cable sheaths, metal pull box covers, metal conduit,
equipment grounding conductors, ballast and transformer cases, service equipment, sign switches,
and metal poles and pedestals shall be made mechanically and electrically secure to form a
continuous system, and shall be effectively grounded. Bonding jumpers shall be copper wire or copper braid of the same cross sectional area as No. 6 for series lighting systems and No. 8 or larger
for all other systems. The jumper size shall be increased to match the load or the circuit breaker
size, or shall be as shown on the plans. Equipment grounding conductors shall be color coded to Code requirements or shall be bare.
The bonding jumper in standards with handholes shall be attached by a 4.5 mm (3/16") or larger brass
bolt and shall be run to the conduit or bonding wire in the adjacent pull box. Standards without
handholes shall be bonded by a jumper attached to all anchor bolts, and shall be run to the conduit
or bonding wire in the adjacent pull box. Grounding jumper shall be visible after cap has been
placed on foundation. Where slip base standards or slip base inserts are installed, the bonding
jumper shall not intrude into the slip plane. Bonding shall be accomplished by a bonding strap to all
anchor bolts or a 4.5 mm (3/16") or larger brass bolt installed in the bottom slip base plate.
One side of the secondary circuit of series-multiple and step-down transformers shall be grounded.
Grounding of metal conduit, service equipment and the grounded conductor at service point shall be
accomplished as required by the Code and the serving utility, except that grounding electrode
conductor shall be No. 6, or larger. For equipment grounding purposes in Type 3 conduit, a No. 6
copper wire shall be run continuously in circuits used for series lighting, and a No. 8, minimum,
copper wire shall be run continuously in all other circuits. The bonding wire size shall be increased
to match the circuit breaker size, or shall be as shown on the plans. Where Type 3 conduit is to be
installed for future conductors, the copper wire may be omitted. Equipment bonding and grounding
conductors are not required in conduits which contain only loop lead-in cable or signal interconnect
cable or both.
At each multiple service disconnect location, a ground electrode shall be furnished and installed.
Ground electrodes shall be one-piece lengths of galvanized steel rod or pipe not less than 19 mm
(3/411) in diameter, or of copper clad steel rod not less than 15 mm (5/8y) in diameter. Ground
electrodes shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of the Code. The service equipment
shall be bonded to the ground electrode by use of a ground clamp or exothermic weld and No. 6 or
larger copper wire, enclosed in a size 16 or larger diameter conduit.
Ground clamp for service grounding and for grounding of equipment on wood poles shall be Size 16
galvanized, malleable iron conduit hub with swivel feature. On wood poles, all metallic equipment
mounted less than 2.4 m (8') above ground surface shall be grounded. Bonding of metallic conduit in
non-metallic pull boxes shall be by means of bonding bushings and bonding jumpers. Bonding of
metallic conduit in metal pull boxes shall be by means of locknuts, one inside and one outside of the
box.
209-2.11 Service. Electrical service installation and materials shall conform to the requirements of
the serving utility. When the service equipment is to be installed on a utility-owned pole, the
Contractor shall furnish and install conduit, conductors and all other necessary material to complete
the installation of the service. The position of the riser and equipment will be determined by the
than Size 41 (1'/*" dia.).
utility. Service conduit shall conform to the requirements of the serving utility and shall be not less
a tS 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 89 of 139 Pages
Where a kilowatt-hour meter is required, a meter socket with sealing ring, as approved by the serving
utility, shall be furnished and installed. Where a meter socket is installed, the meter enclosure shall
be provided with factory installed test bypass facilities as required by the serving utility. Service - equipment shall be installed as soon as possible to enable the utility to schedule its work well in
advance of the completion of the project.
Each service shall be provided with a circuit breaker which shall simultaneously disconnect all
ungrounded service entrance conductors. All circuit breakers shall be quick-break on either
automatic or manual operation. The operating mechanism shall be enclosed and shall be trip-free from the operating handle on overload. Circuit breakers shall be trip-indicating, shall have frame size
plainly marked and shall have trip rating clearly indicated on the operating handle. Overload tripping
of breakers shall not be influenced by an ambient temperature range of from -18°C to 50°C.
Multiple-pole breakers shall be the internal trip type. All circuit breakers shall be listed by UL or ETL.
Current rating of breakers shall be as shown on the plans. Circuit breakers used as service
disconnect equipment shall have a minimum interrupting capacity of 10 000 A, rms. Circuit breakers
shall be enclosed in a NEMA raintight enclosure with dead-front panel and hasp with a 11 mm
hole for a padlock. The padlock will be furnished by others. Service equipment enclosures, except
Types II and 111, shall be galvanized. Types II and 111 service equipment enclosures shall be
fabricated from galvanized sheet steel or fabricated from sheet steel and zinc or cadmium plated
after fabrication, or shall be fabricated from aluminum. Fabrication of service equipment enclosures
shall conform to the requirements of Section 209-3.04A, "Cabinet Construction." Steel enclosures
shall be painted in accordance with the provisions in Section 209-2.16, "Painting." All overlapping
exterior seams and doors shall meet the requirements for Type 3R enclosures specified in the NEMA
Enclosure Standards.
Except for falsework lighting and power for the Contractor's operations, upon written request by the - -
Contractor, the Engineer will arrange with the serving utility to complete service connections for both
temporary and permanent installations and the Agency will pay all costs and fees required by the
utility. The request shall be submitted not less than 15 days before service connections are required.
Energy used prior to completion of the contract will be charged to the Contractor, except that the cost
of energy used for public benefit, when an operation is ordered by the Engineer, will be at the
expense of the Agency. I
Full compensation for furnishing and installing Agency-owned or permanent service poles, service
equipment, conduit, conductors and pull boxes (including equipment, conduit, and conductors placed
on utility-owned poles) shall be considered as included in the contract item of electrical work involved
and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor. Where the service point is indeterminate
and is shown on the plans as an "approximate location" or "service point not yet established", the
labor and materials required for making the connection between the service point, when established,
and the nearest pull box shown on the plans will be paid for as extra work as provided in Section 3-3,
"Extra Work."
209-2.12 WOOD POLES. Wood poles for service or temporary installations shall be ANSI Class 5, or
larger. Poles shall not have more than 180 degrees twist in grain over the full length. Sweep shall be
no more than 100 mm (4"). Tops of poles shall be beveled. Poles shall be placed in the ground to a -
depth of at least 1.8 m (6). The lengths of poles shall be 7.6 m (25') for service poles and 10.7 m (35')
for other poles, unless otherwise specified.
After each wood pole is set in the ground, the space around the pole shall be backfilled with selected
earth or sand, free of rocks and other deleterious material, placed in layers approximately 100 mm -
(4") thick. Each layer shall be moistened and thoroughly compacted. -
-
"
-~
-
-
-
-
.-
Contract No 3369-2A Paae 90 of 139 Paws
"
Mast arms for wood pole installations shall be fabricated from standard pipe, free from buns. Each
mast arm shall be provided with an insulated wire inlet and wood pole mounting brackets for mast
arm and tie-rod cross arm. Tie rods shall be of structural steel and pipe. Mast arms for luminaires
flashing beacons shall provide a minimum vertical clearance of 5.2 m (17') from bottom of equipment
shall be mounted to provide a mounting height of 9.1 m (30). Mast arms for traffic signals and
to the pavement.
Wood poles, not to be painted, shall be pressure treated after fabrication with creosote,
pentachlorophenol (oil borne) or copper naphthenate as provided in Section 204-2, "Treatment With
Preservatives." All wood poles shall be pressure treated after fabrication with ammoniacal copper ar-
2, "Treatment With Preservatives." The minimum retention for water borne preservatives shall be that
senate, chromated copper arsenate or ammoniacal copper zinc arsenate as provided in Section 204-
specified for posts.
209-2.13 Sign Control. Each sign illumination installation shall be provided with a disconnect
circuit breaker mounted on the sign standard or structure, as shown on the plans. Where the sign
lighting is served from a series lighting circuit through a series-multiple transformer, the circuit
breaker shall be installed in the secondary circuit. Where the sign lighting is served through a
multiple-multiple transformer, the circuit breaker shall be installed in the primary circuit. Circuit
for the circuit breaker shall be NEMA Type 3R, shall be galvanized or shall be cadmium plated, and
breakers shall meet the requirements for circuit breakers in Section 209-2.1 1, "Service." Enclosure
shall be provided with dead front panel and a hasp with a 11 mm diameter hole for a padlock.
Padlocks will be furnished by others. When the sign structure is to be painted, the circuit breaker or
sign switch enclosure shall be painted the same color as the sign structure on which it is mounted.
209-2.14 Testing. Attention is directed to Section 4-1.4, "Test of Materials." Testing shall conform
to the following:
209-2.14A Materials Testing. Material and equipment to be tested shall be delivered to a testing
control procedures for Model 170 and Model 2070 controller assemblies shall conform to the
location designated by the Engineer. Testing will be performed by the Agency. Testing and quality
requirements in "Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications," and "Traffic Signal Control
Equipment Specifications," issued by the State of California, Department of Transportation, and to all
for all other traffic signal controller assemblies shall conform to the requirements in the NEMA TS
addendums thereto current at the time of project advertising. Testing and quality control procedures
Standards for Traffic Control Systems.
In the event equipment submitted for testing does not comply with specifications, the Contractor shall
remove the equipment for repair within 5 working days after notification that the equipment is re-
jected. In the event the equipment is not removed within that period, it may be shipped to the
Contractor at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall allow 30 days for Agency testing from
the time the material or equipment is delivered to the Agency test site. When equipment being
tested has been rejected for failure to comply with the specifications, the Contractor shall allow 30
days for Agency retesting. The retesting period shall begin when the corrected equipment is made
available at the test site.
*Ir ts 9/11/on Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 91 of 139 Pages
All testing subsequent to rejection of the equipment for failure to comply with specification
will be made from any moneys due or which may become due the Contractor under the contract.
requirements will be at the expense of the Contractor. Deductions to cover the cost Of that testing
The Contractor will be notified when testing of the equipment has been completed and it shall be the
Contractor's responsibility to deliver the equipment to the site of the work or, at the Contractor's re-
quest and the Agency's convenience, the Agency will pack and ship the equipment to the Contractor
or to the site of work. The sum of $100 or the actual cost of packing and shipping, whichever amount
to the Contractor under the contract.
is greater, will be deducted, for each unit of equipment shipped by the Agency, from any moneys due
209-2.148 Field Testing. Prior to start of functional testing, the Contractor shall perform the
following tests on all circuits, in the presence of the Engineer.
209-2.148(1) Continuity. Each circuit shall be tested for continuity,
209-2.148(2) Ground. Each circuit shall be tested for grounds.
209-2.148(3) Insulation Resistance. An insulation resistance test at 500 volts DC shall be made
on each circuit between the circuit and a ground. The insulation resistance shall not be less than
10 MR on all circuits, except for inductive loop detector circuits which shall have an insulation
resistance value of not less than 100 MR.
the pull box adjacent to the magnetometer sensing elements shall not be made prior to performing
The insulation resistance test shall not be performed on magnetometer sensing elements. Splices in
the test on the lead-in conductors between the pull box and the controller cabinet field terminals.
209-2.14C Functional Testing. Attention is directed to Section 209-1.06, "Scheduling of Work,"
regarding requirements for test periods. A functional test shall be made in which it is demonstrated
that each and every part of the system functions as specified. The functional test for each new or
factory performance of the system develops, the condition shall be corrected and the test shall be
modified system shall consist of not less than 5 days of continuous, satisfactory operation. If unsatis-
repeated until the 5 days of continuous, satisfactory operation is obtained.
Turn-on of new or modified traffic signals shall be made only after all traffic signal circuits have been
thoroughly tested as specified above.
Except for new or modified portions of existing lighting circuits and sign illumination systems, the
Agency will maintain the system or systems during the test period and will pay the cost of electrical
energy for the operation of all of the facilities that are undergoing testing. The cost of any necessary
maintenance performed by the Agency on new circuits or on the portions of existing circuits modified
under the contract, except electrical energy, shall be at the Contractor's expense and will be
deducted from any moneys due, or to become due, the Contractor.
A shutdown of the electrical system resulting from damage caused by public traffic, from a power
discontinuity of the functional test.
interruption or from unsatisfactory performance of Agency-furnished materials shall not constitute
"
"
Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 92 of 139 Paqes
-
209-2.15 Galvanizing. Galvanizing shall be in accordance with the provisions in Section 210-3.6,
galvanized prior to fabrication in conformance with the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 525 or
A 525M, Coating Designation G 90, in which case all cut or damaged edges shall be painted with at
least 2 applications of approved unthinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) conforming to the
Other types of protective coating shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation. Iron or steel
requirements in Section 210-3.5, "Repair of Damaged Zinc Coating." Aerosol cans shall not be used.
the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 53. Galvanized surfaces shall have spurs removed.
pipe standards and pipe mast arms shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in conformance with
- "Galvanizing for Traffic Control Facilities," except that cabinets may be constructed of material
"
Tie-rods, bolts, nuts, washers, clamps and other miscellaneous ferrous parts shall be hot-dip
galvanized after fabrication in accordance with the provisions in Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for
Trafiic Control Facilities." Not less than 250 mm (lo") of the upper end of the anchor bolts, anchor
Section 210-3.6, "Galvanizing for Traffic Control Facilities." After galvanizing, the bolt threads shall
bars, or studs, and all nuts and washers shall be galvanized in accordance with the provisions in
accept galvanized standard nuts without requiring tools or causing removal of protective coatings.
Galvanizing of existing materials in an electrical installation will not be required.
- 209-2.16 Painting. Painting of electrical equipment and materials shall conform to the provisions in
._ Protective Coatings." Factory or shop cleaning methods for metals will be acceptable if equal to the
Section 310, "Painting," with the following additions and modifications. Paint materials for electrical
installations, unless otherwise specified, shall conform to the provisions in Section 210, "Paint and
methods specified herein. In lieu of the temperature and seasonal restrictions for painting as
provided in Section 310, "Painting," paint may be applied 'to equipment and materials for electrical
installations at any time permitted by the Engineer.
All ungalvanized ferrous surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned prior to applying the prime coat.
Blast cleaning will not be required. If an approved prime coat has been applied by the manufacturer,
and it is in good condition, the first primer application by the Contractor will not be required.
Existing equipment to be painted in the field, including Agency-furnished equipment, shall be washed
per liter (2 tablespoons per gallon). After rinsing, all surfaces shall be wire brushed with a coarse,
cup shaped, power-driven brush to remove all poorly bonded paint, rust, scale, corrosion, grease or
Immediately after cleaning, all galvanized surfaces and all non-ferrous metal surfaces shall be
coated with one application of Primer (Wash) Pre-Treatment, Section 210-1.5 or wash primer
conforming to the requirements of Military Specification MIL-P-15328D. The wash primer shall be
applied by spraying or brushing to produce a uniform wet film on the surface. Galvanized equipment
and wood poles for traffic signal or flashing beacon installations shall not be painted.
" -
-
-. with a stiff bristle brush using a solution of water containing 7.5 ml. of heavy duty detergent powder
-. dirt. Any dust or residue remaining after wire brushing shall also be removed prior to priming.
New galvanized metal surfaces to be painted in the field shall be cleaned as specified for existing
equipment before applying the prime coats specified. Wre brushing of new galvanized surfaces will
not be required. After erection, all exterior surfaces shall be examined for damaged primer and the
damaged surfaces shall be cleaned and spot coated with primer. Galvanized metal guard posts
shall not be painted.
Contract No 3369-2A Paae 93 of 139 Pages
Types II and 111 steel service equipment enclosures shall be painted with a polymeric or an enamel
coating system conforming to Color No. 14672 (light green) of Federal Standard 5956. All coatings
shall be commercially smooth, substantially free of flow lines, paint washout, streaks, blisters, and ~-
other defects that would impair serviceability or detract from general appearance. The coatings shall
comply with the following requirements:
1) Coating Hardness - The finish shall have a pencil lead hardness of HB minimum using an
Eagle Turquoise pencil.
2) Salt Spray Resistance - The undercutting of the film of the coating system shall not exceed 3
mm ('la") average, from lines scored diagonally and deep enough to expose the base metal, after
250 hours exposure in a salt spray cabinet in accordance with ASTM Designation: B 117.
3) Adherence - There shall be no coating loss when tested by California Test 645. Compliance of
the coating system to the above requirements may be determined by the application of the
coating, to 100 mm (4") x 200 mm (8") x 0.6 mm (0.0236") test specimens of the same material as
the cabinets, in the same manner as applied to the cabinets.
-
-
-
A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished in accordance with the provisions of Section 4-1.5,
"Certification," certifying that the coating system furnished complies in all respects with these
requirements. Interior of metal signal visors, louvers and front faces of back plates shall be finished
with 2 applications of lusterless black exterior grade latex paint formulated for application to properly
prepared metal surfaces, except that factory finish in good condition will be acceptable.
Metal signal sections, signal head mountings, brackets and fittings, outside of visors, pedestrian
push button housings, pedestrian signal sections and visors, and back faces of back plates, shall be
finished with 2 applications of lusterless black or dark' olive green exterior grade latex paint
formulated for application to properly prepared metal surfaces. Dark olive green color shall match
Color Chip No. 68 on file at the CALTRANS Transportation Laboratory. -. "
Conduit and conduit fittings above ground shall be prepared and finished in the same manner as the
adjacent standard or post. All paint shall be applied either by hand brushing or by spraying machines
in the hands of skilled operators. The work shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner. The
Engineer reserves the right to require the use of brushes for the application of paint, should the work
done by the paint spraying machine prove unsatisfactory or objectionable, as determined by the
Engineer.
-
-.
-.
209-3 CONTROLLER ASSEMBLIES .-
209-3.01 Controller Assembly. A controller assembly shall consist of a complete mechanism for
controlling the operation of traffic signals or other systems, including the controller unit and all
necessary auxiliary equipment, mounted in a cabinet. All equipment required to provide the
operation shown on the plans and as specified shall be provided. All field conductors No. 12 and
smaller shall terminate with spade type terminals. All field conductors No. 10 and larger shall
terminate in spade type or ring type terminals.
209-3.02 Type 90 Controller Assembly. Deleted
209-3.03 Model 170 and Model 2070 Controller Assemblies. Model 170 and Model 2070 (Model
770/2070) controller assemblies shall consist of a Model 170, 170E or 2070 controller unit, a wired
cabinet and all auxiliary equipment required to control the system as shown on the plans, and as
specified in these special provisions. Model 170/2070 controller assemblies shall conform to the
requirements in "Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications," (TEES) and "Traffic Signal
Control Equipment Specifications" (TSCES), issued by the State of California, Department of
Transportation, and to all addendums thereto current at the time of project advertising.
I
-.
-.
-
4w W alr.rmn Contract No 3369-2A Paae 94 of 139 Paoes
Unless otherwise specified or shown on the plans, controller assembly cabinets (housing) shall be Type 1 as shown in the TSCES.
209-3.04 Controller Cabinets. Unless otherwise specified, controller cabinets for Model 170/2070 controllers shall conform to the following:
1) Controller cabinets shall be fabricated from aluminum sheet per the TSCES. 2) Controller cabinets shall have a pull-out type document tray. 3) Controller cabinets shall have a single front door equipped with a Best Company lock core and lock. No other manufacturers shall be accepted. 4) Each cabinet shall be provided with a fluorescent lighting fixture mounted on the inside top of the
from a normal power factor UL or ETL listed ballast. The "On-Off switch for the lighting fixture cabinet near the front edge. Fixture shall be provided with an F15T8, cool white lamp operated
shall be either of the following: a) A toggle switch mounted on the inside door panel. b) A door-actuated switch that turns the light on when the door is open, and off when the door is closed.
209-4 TRAFFIC SIGNAL FACES AND FllTlNGS
209-4.01 Vehicle Signal Faces. Each vehicle signal face shall be of the adjustable type
conforming to the provisions in Institute of Traffic Engineers (ITE) Publication: ST-O08B, "Vehicle
Traffic Control Signal Heads." Plastic signal sections shall meet the requirements of California Test
605. Any fracture within the housing assembly, or a deflection of more than 10 degrees in either the
vertical or horizontal plane after the wind load has been removed from the front of the signal face, or
a deflection of more than 6 degrees in either the vertical or horizontal plane after the wind load has
been removed from the back of the signal face will be considered structural failure. Vehicle signal
faces, except arrow and 'X" faces, shall meet the requirements of California Test 604. Adjustment
shall permit rotation of 360 degrees about a vertical axis.
The number and type of sections shall be as specified herein or as shown on the plans. Each
vehicle signal face shall be installed at the location and mounted in the manner shown on the plans.
Unless otherwise shown on the plans, all vehicle signal faces shall contain 3 sections arranged
vertically; red-top, yellow-center, green-bottom. All new vehicle signal faces, except programmed
visibility type, installed at any one intersection shall be of the same manufacture and of the same
material.
209-4.01A Optical Units. Each optical unit for green, yellow and red sections, circular ball or
arrow, shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-4.02, "Light Emitting Diode Signal Module".
209-4.018 Signal Sections. Each signal section housing shall be structural plastic. Signal
sections shall conform to the followina:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Maximum height of a signal section shall be 375 mm (14'/,') for each 300 mm (12") section.
The housing of each signal section shall be provided with a one-piece, hinged, square-shaped
door designed to permit access to the section for relamping without the use of tools.
The door shall be secured by a method that will hold the door closed during the loading tests
specified in this Section.
The lens shall be mounted in the door in a watertight manner.
All exposed hardware, such as hinge pins and door latching devices, shall be Type 304 or 305
All interior screws and fittings shall be stainless steel.
stainless steel.
An opening shall be provided in the top and bottom of each signal section to receive 40 mm
(1'/;) pipe.
Contract No. 3369-2A Paoe 95 of 139 Pages
8. The 300 mm (12") signal sections of an individual manufacturer shall be capable of joining to
form a signal face in any combination. This interchangeability is not required between metal and
plastic signal sections.
9. All gaskets, including those for the door, lens, reflector and lamp holder, shall be made of a
material that is not affected when installed in a signal section with a metal or plastic housing that
is operated continuously for 336 hours.
-
-
. -.
209401 B(2) Plastic Signal Sections. Housings shall be either molded in one piece or shall be fabricated from 2 or more pieces joined into a single piece. The plastic shall have ultraviolet stability, shall be unaffected by the heat of the lamp used and shall be self-extinguishing. Housings and doors shall be colored throughout and shall be black matching Color No. 17038, 27038 or 37038 of Federal Standard 5958. Each section in a face shall be joined to the adjacent section by one of the following methods: 1. A minimum of 4 machine screws for 300 mm (12") sections, installed through holes near the front and rear of the housings. Machine screws shall be No. 10 and each shall be provided with a nut, flat washer and lock washer. 2. Two machine screws (each with a nut, flat washer and lock wasper) installed through holes near the front of the housings, plus a fastening through the 40 mm (1 /z") pipe openings. The fastening shall consist of two large flat washers to distribute the load around the pipe opening and three carriage bolts, each with a nut and lock washer. Minimum size of machine screws shall be No. IO. Minimum size of carriage bolt shall be 6 mm (1/4"-20).
"
-
-
with reinforcement. Reinforcement plates shall be either sheet aluminum, galvanized steel, or cast The supporting section of each signal face supported solely at the top or bottom shall be provided
with the 40 mm (1 IZ") pipe mounting hole in the housing. Sheet aluminum reinforcement plates shall aluminum. Each ylate shall be not less than 2.7 mm (0.110) thick and shall have a hole concentric
inside only; and cast aluminum reinforcement plates shall be placed outside only. Reinforcement -~ -~ be placed both inside and outside the housing; galvanized steel reinforcement plates shall be placed
plates placed outside of the housing shall be finished to match the color of the signal housing and shall be designed to permit the proper serrated coupling between signal face and mounting
and matching holes in the housing. Each screw shall have a round or binder head and shall be hardware. A minimum of three No. 10 machine screws shall be installed through holes in the plates -
provided with a nut and lock washer.
Where a signal face is to be supported by a Type MAS side attachment slip-fitter inserted between 2
sections, a spacer or spacers shall be placed between the 2 sections. The vertical dimension of
spacers shall permit proper seating of the serrations between the slip-fitter and the 2 sections. Holes
in spacers shall align with the front holes in the section housings. In addition to the fastening through
the large openings in the housings, the 2 sections shall be joined with at least 2 machine screws
through holes near the front of the housings and the spacers, and through matching holes in a
reinforcing plate installed in each housing. Machine screws shall be No. 10 minimum size. Spacers
shall be made of the same material as the signal housings. Reinforcing plates and machine screws
shall be as specified above. Reinforcing plates will not be required where the housing is provided
with reinforcing webs connecting the rear of the housing with the top, bottom and sides. -.
hole shall be surrounded by a 3 mm ('Is") minimum width boss to permit contact between signal
Holes for machine screws shall be either cast or drilled during fabrication of the signal section. Each
sections about the axis of the hole. Each plastic signal face shall be provided with plastic or metal
visors. Plastic signal faces which require backplates shall be provided with plastic backplates. A
serrated nylon washer shall be inserted between each plastic signal section and a metal mounting
assembly. Each washer shall be not less than 4 mm nor more than 6 mm ('/,") thick,
Serrations shall match those on the signal section and the mounting assembly. -
I
-
-.
-
Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 96 of 139 Paaes
”
”
2094.01C Electrical Components. Lamp receptacles and wiring shall conform to ITE Publications:
ST-OOBB. The metal portion of the medium base lamp socket shall be brass, copper or phosphor
bronze.
Each lamp receptacle shall be wired with a conductor, connected to the shell of the receptacle, with
black insulation or with insulation color-coded.
These conductors shall, in turn, be connected to a terminal block mounted inside at the back of the
housing. The terminal block shall have sufficient screw type terminals or NEMA type tab connectors
to terminate all field conductors and lamp conductors independently. The terminals to which field
conductors are attached shall be permanently identified or conductors shall be color coded to
facilitate field wiring.
Lamp receptacle conductors shall be No. 18 or larger, 600-V, appliance wiring material (AM), with
0.75 mm (30 mil) thickness insulation rated 105°C or with insulation that conforms to the
requirements in Military Specification MIL-W-l6878D, Type B, with vinyl nylon jacket rated 115°C.
temperature rating shall be marked on the insulation or a Certificate of Compliance conforming to the
The manufacturer‘s name or trademark, conductor size, insulation type letter designation and
provisions in Section 6-1.07, “Certification of Compliance”, shall be submitted by the manufacturer
with each shipment of traffic signal faces.
209-4.01D Visors. Each signal section shall be provided with a removable visor conforming to ITE
Publication: ST-OOBB. Visors are classified, on the basis of lens enclosure, as full circle, tunnel
(bottom open), or cap (bottom and lower sides open). Unless otherwise specified, visors shall be the
full circle type. The visor shall be a minimum of 240 mm (91/2y) in length for nominal 300 mm (12”)
round lenses, with a downward tilt between 3 degrees and 7 degrees. Plastic visors shall conform to
the following:
1. Visors shall be either formed from sheet plastic or assembled from one or more injection,
2. Sections shall be joined using thermal, chemical or ultrasonic bonding or with aluminum rivets
Visors shall be of black homogeneous colored material with a lusterless finish.
3. Each visor shall be secured to its door in a manner that will prevent its removal or permanent deformation when the wind load specified in California Test 605 for plastic visors is applied to
the side of the visor for 24 hours.
rotational or blow molded plastic sections.
and washers permanently colored to match the visor.
2094.02 Light Emitting Diode Signal Modules. Each light emitting diode (LED) signal module
shall consist of an assembly that utilizes light emitting diodes as the light source in lieu of an
incandescent lamp for use in traffic signal sections and conform to the following:
1. Each Type 2 LED signal module shall be designed to mount in the standard lamp socket
normally used with an incandescent lamp. When a Type 2 LED signal module is used, a
standard traffic signal lens in the doorframe shall be used or, at the option of the Contractor,
the standard lens may be replaced with a translucent or clear lens to seal the signal section
tion to the standard lamp socket or reflector.
from weather. The installation of a Type 2 LED signal module shall not require any modifica-
2. LED signal modules shall be from the same manufacturer, and each size shall be the same
model.
3. Type 2 LED signal modules shall be a sealed unit containing all components necessary for
operation except, at the option of the Contractor, use of a corresponding lens mounted in the
doorframe will be allowed.
Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 97 of 139 Pages
4. Type 2 LED signal modules shall not require a specific mounting Orientation Or have a
variance in light output, pattern or visibility for any mounting orientation.
5. The LEDs utilized in the modules shall be Aluminum Indium Gallium Phosphide (AllnGaP)
technology for red indications and Gallium Nitride (GaN) technology for green indications, and
shall be the ultra bright type rated for 100,000 hours of continuous operation from 4O0C to
+74oc.
6. The individual LEDs shall be wired such that a catastrophic failure of one LED will result in
the loss of not more than 5 percent of the signal module light output. The failure of an individ- ual LED in a string shall only result in the loss of that LED, not the entire string or indication.
2094.02A Physical and Mechanical Requirements. LED traffic signal modules shall be designed
as retrofit replacements for existing optical units of signal lamps and shall not require special tools for
installation. LED signal modules shall fit into existing traffic signal section housings without any
modification to the housing.
Installation of a LED signal module shall only require the removal of the optical unit components, i.e.,
lens, lamp module, gaskets, and reflector; shall be weather tight and fit securely in the housing; and
shall connect directly to electrical wiring.
The arrow modules shall meet or exceed specifications stated in Section 9.01 of the ITE Publication:
Equipment and Materials Standards, Chapter 2 (Vehicle Traffic Control Signal Heads) for arrow
indications. The LEDs shall be spread evenly across the illuminated portion of the arrow area.
2094.02A(l) LED Signal Module Lens. The LED signal module shall be capable of replacing
the optical unit. The lens may be tinted or may use transparent film or materials with similar
characteristics to enhance ONlOFF contrasts. The use of tinting or other materials to enhance
ON/OFF contrasts shall not affect chromaticity and shall be uniform across the face of the lens. If a
polymeric lens is used, a surface coating or chemical surface treatment shall be used to provide front
surface abrasion resistance.
2094.02A(2) Environmental Requirements. The LED signal module shall be rated for use in the
operating temperature range of -4OOC (-4OOF) to +74OC (+165OF). The LED signal module shall be
protected against dust and moisture intrusion per the requirements of NEMA Standard 250-1991 for
Type 4 enclosures to protect all internal components. The LED signal module lens shall be UV
stabilized and shall be capable of withstanding ultraviolet (direct sunlight) exposure for a minimum
period of 60 months without exhibiting evidence of deterioration.
2094.02A(3) Construction. The LED signal module shall be a single, self-contained device, not
the LED signal module shall be integral to the unit. The assembly and manufacturing process for the
requiring on-site assembly for installation into an existing traffic signal housing. The power supply for
LED signal assembly shall be designed to assure all internal components are adequately supported
to withstand mechanical shock and vibration from high winds and other sources.
2094.02A(4) Materials. Material used for the lens and signal module construction shall conform to
ASTM specifications for the materials where applicable. Enclosures containing either the power
supply or electronic components of the signal module shall be made of UL94VO flame retardant
materials. The lens of the signal module is excluded from this requirement.
"
"
Contract No 3369-?A Pane 98 of 139 Panes
209-4.02A(5) Module Identification. Each LED signal module shall have the manufacturer's name,
trademark, and other necessary identification permanently marked on the back of the module. Each individual LED signal module shall be identified with serial number for warranty purposes. The
following operating characteristics shall be identified: rated voltage, power consumption, and volt-
ampere.
the modules shall be as stated in Table 209-4.028(1) and Table 2094.028(3) at 25OC. The modules
209-4.028 Photometric Requirements. The minimum initial luminous intensity values for
shall meet or exceed the illumination values as shown in Table 209-4.028(2) and Table
209-4.02B(4), throughout the useful life based on normal use in a traffic signal operation over the
to the chromaticity requirements of Table 209-4.028(5), throughout the useful life over the operating
operating temperature range. The measured chromaticity coordinates of the modules shall conform
temperature range.
The LED signal modules tested or submitted for testing shall be representative of typical average
production units. Circular modules shall be tested according to California Test No. 604. All optical
testing shall be performed with the module mounted in a standard traftic signal section but without a
visor or hood attached to the signal section.
The LEDs shall be spread evenly across the illuminated portion of the arrow area. Arrow modules
shall be tested according to California Test No. 3001. All optical testing shall be performed with the
module mounted in a standard traffic signal section but without a visor or hood attached to the signal
section. Each LED arrow signal section indication shall provide a minimum average luminous
intensity as listed in Table 209-4.028(3). All measurements shall be performed at rated operating
voltage of 120 VAC.
Contract No 3369-2A Paae 99 of 139 Paaes
Table 2094.028(1)
Minimum Initial Intensities for Circular Indications (in cd)
Contract No 3369-2A Paae 100 of 139 Paaes
Table 2094.028(2)
Maintained Minimum intensities for Circular Indications (in cd)
Table 2094.028(3)
Minimum Initial Intensities for Arrow Indications (in cdlm2)
Red - Yellow 8 Green
Arrow Indication 11,000 5,500
Table 2094.028(4)
Minimum Maintained Intensities for Arrow Indications (in cdlm2)
Red Yellow 8 Green - Arrow Indication 1 1,000 5,500
Table 2094.028(5)
Chromaticity Standards (CIE Chart)
Red Y: not greater than 0.308, or less than 0.998-x 1 - I Yellow I Y: not less than 0.41 1, nor less than 0.995-x. nor less than ~ ~I - 0.452
Green Y: not less than 0.506-0.519x, nor less than 0.150+1.068x, - nor more than 0.730-x
9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page I01 of 139 Pages
209-4.02C Electrical. Maximum power consumption requirements for LED signal modules shall be
as listed in Table 209402C. -
Table 2094.02C
Maximum Power Consumption (in Watts)
LED signal modules shall operate from a 60 Hz f3 Hz AC line over a voltage ranging from 80 volts to
135 volts. The LED circuitry shall prevent perceptible flicker over the voltage range specified above.
The fluctuations of line voltage shall have no visible effect on the luminous intensity of the
indications. Rated voltage for all measurements shall be 120 volts. The signal module on-board
circuitry shall include voltage surge protection to withstand high-repetition noise transients as stated
in Section 2.1.6 of NEMA Standard TS-2, 1992. LED signal modules shall be operationally
compatible with currently used controller assemblies (solid state load switches, flashers, and conflict
monitors). When a current of 20 ma AC (or less) is applied to the unit, the voltage read across the
two leads shall be 15 VAC or less. LED signal modules and associated on-board circuitry must meet
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47, Subpart B, Section 15 regulations concerning
the emission of electronic noise. The LED signal module shall provide a power factor of 0.90 or
greater. Total harmonic distortion (current and voltage) induced into an AC power line by an LED
signal module shall not exceed 20 percent.
209-4.02D Quality Assurance. LED signal modules shall be manufactured in accordance with
a vendor quality assurance (QA) program. The QA program shall include two types of quality
assurance shall include statistically controlled routine tests to ensure minimum performance levels of
LED signal modules built to meet this specification. QA process and test results documentation shall
be kept on file for a minimum period of seven years. -
LED signal module designs not satisfying design qualification testing and the production quality
assurance testing performance requirements described below shall not be labeled, advertised, or
sold as conforming to this specification.
209402D(l) Manufacturer's Serial Numbers. Identification of the component and sub-
assembly level may be required if the reliability and performance of the module must be traceable to
the original item manufacturers of the module components and subassemblies.
2094.02D(2) Production Quality Assurance Testing. The following Production Quality
Assurance tests shall be performed on each new LED signal module prior to shipment. Failure to
meet requirements of any of these tests shall be cause for rejection. The manufacturer for warranty
purposes shall retain test results for seven years.
Each LED signal module shall be tested for rated initial intensity after bum-in. Burn-in period shall
requirements of Table 2-2 for circular modules may be used. The ambient temperature for this
before the measurement is made. A single point measurement with a correlation to the intensity -
measurement shall be +2PC (+77OF). -
assurance: (1) design quality assurance and (2) production quality assurance. The production quality -
-
-
-
-
consist of each signal module being energized at rated voltage for a 30 minutes stabilization period -
Contract No 3369-2A Paae 102 of 139 Paaes
-
Each LED signal module not meeting minimum luminous intensity requirements per Table 2-2 or
Table 2-4 shall be a cause for rejection.
Each All LED signal module shall be tested for required power factor after burn-in,
- -
- Each LED signal module shall be measured for current flow in amperes after burn-in. The measured current values shall be compared against current values resulting from design qualification
measurements under "Design Qualification Testing". The current flow shall not exceed the rated
value. The measured ampere values with rated voltage shall be recorded as volt-ampere (VA) on the
product labels.
Each LED signal modules shall be visually inspected for any exterior physical damage or assembly
(abrasions), cracks, chips, discoloration, or other defects. Any such defects shall be cause for
rejection.
2094.02D(3) Design Qualification Testing. Design Qualification testing shall be performed on
new LED signal module designs, and when a major design change has been implemented on an
- existing design. The minimum sample quantity of LED signal modules shall be as stated for each test. Failure to meet requirements for any of these tests shall be cause for rejection. A random
sample of six LED signal modules shall be energized for a minimum of 24 hours, at 100 percent
- on-time duty cycle, in a temperature of 74OC (+165OF) before performing any design qualification
testing. Any failure within an LED signal module after burn-in shall be cause for rejection.
2094.02D(4) Rated Initial Luminous Intensity. After burn-in, a sample of six LED signal
modules shall be tested for rate initial intensity per the requirements of "Photometric Requirements".
Before measurement, each LED signal module shall be energized at rated voltage, with 100 percent
on-time duty cycle, for a time period of 30 minutes. The ambient temperature for this measurement
shall be 25OC (77OF). The test results for this test shall have recorded the current voltage, total
harmonic distortion (THD), and power factor (PF) associated with each measurement.
-
- anomalies. Careful attention shall be paid to the surface of the lens to ensure there are no scratches
-
- -
-
-~ 2094.02D(5) Chromaticity (Color). A sample of two LED signal modules shall be measured for
- for this measurement shall be 25OC (77OF).
chromaticity (color) per the requirements of "Chromaticity requirements under "Photometric
Requirements." A spectra radiometer shall be used for this measurement. The ambient temperature
2094.02D(6) Electrical. A sample of six LED signal modules shall be measured for current flow in
Assurance current measurement on production modules. - amperes. The measured current values shall be used for quality comparison of Production Quality
- A sample of six LED signal modules shall be measured for power factor. A commercially available power factor meter may be used to perform this measurement.
A sample of six LED modules shall be measured for total harmonic distortion. A commercially
available total harmonic distortion meter may be used to perform this measurement.
A sample of six LED signal modules shall be tested per the requirements of "Electrical", with
47, Subpart B, Section 15.
reference to Class A emission limits referenced in Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title
-
-
-
Contract No. 3369-2A Paw 103 of 139 Paws
A sample of six LED signal modules shall be tested for compatibility with the controller Unit, Conflict
the values of 80 and 135 VAC. The AC voltage developed across each LED signal module so
monitor, and load switch. Each signal module shall be connected to any AC voltage supply between
connected shall not exceed 10 volts rms as the input AC voltage is varied from 80 volts to 135 volts
RllS.
A sample of si% LED modules shall be tested for transient immunity per "Electrical" using the
procedure described in NEMA Standard TS-1992.
Mechanical vibration testing shall be performed on a sample of three LED signal modules per MIL-
STD-883, Test Method 2007, using three 4 minute cycles along each x, y, and z axis, at a force of 2.5 Gs, with a frequency sweep from 2 Hz to 120 Hz. The loosening of the lens, of any internal
components, or other physical damage shall be cause for rejection.
Temperature cycling shall be performed on a sample of three LED signal modules per MIL-STD-883,
Test method 1010. The temperature range shall be per "Environmental Requirements". A minimum
of 20 cycles shall be performed with a 30 minute transfer time between temperature extremes and a
30 minute dwell time at each temperature. Signal under test shall be non-operating. Failure of a
module to function properly or any evidence of cracking of the module lens or housing after
temperature cycling shall be cause for rejection.
Moisture resistance testing shall be performed on a sample of three LED signal modules per NEMA
Standard 250-1991 for Type 4 enclosures. Any evidence of internal moisture after testing shall be
cause for rejection.
2094.02D(7) Certificate of Compliance. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a Certificate
of Compliance from the manufacturer in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-1.07,
"Certificates of Compliance," of the Caltrans Standard Specifications. The certificate shall certify that
the LED signal modules comply with the requirements of these specifications. The certificate shall
also include a copy of all applicable test reports on the LED signal modules.
LED signal modules shall be guaranteed by the Contractor for a period of one year starting on the
day after the project is accepted by the Engineer. Modules that fail during this period shall be
replaced at no cost to the State, except that State forces will change out the modules in the field. The
replacement modules shall be delivered to the Public Works Department at 405 Oak Avenue within
five working days after notification. The failed modules will be made available to the Contractor at the
above address at the same time as the replacement is delivered.
The manufacturer shall provide a written warranty against defects in materials and workmanship for
the LED signal modules for a period of 36 months after installation of the modules. Replacement
modules shall be provided promptly after receipt of modules that have failed at no cost to the State
except cost of shipping of the failed modules. All warranty documentation shall be given to the
Engineer prior to installation. The replacement modules shall be delivered to the Public Works
Department at 405 Oak Avenue.
2094.03 Directional Louvers. Where shown on the plans, directional louvers shall be furnished
and installed in signal visors. Directional louvers shall be so constructed as to have a snug fit in the
signal visors. The outside cylinder shall be constructed of 0.75 mm (0.030") nominal thickness, or
thicker, sheet steel and the vanes shall be constructed of 0.4 mm (0.016') nominal thickness, or
thicker, sheet steel or the cylinder and vanes shall be constructed of 5052-H32 aluminum alloy of
equivalent thickness. Dimensions of louvers and arrangements of vanes shall be as shown on the
plans.
"
Contract No 3369-2A Paae 104 of 139 Paqes
2094.04 Backplates. Where shown on the plans, backplates shall be furnished and installed on
signal faces. Dimensions, materials and installation details shall be as shown on the plans. No
background light shall show between the backplate and the signal face or between sections. Plastic
backplates shall be supplied and either formed from sheet plastic or assembled from extruded,
molded or cast sections. Sections shall be factory joined using (1) an appropriate solvent cement, (2) aluminum rivets and washers painted or permanently colored to match the backplate, or (3) No.
10 machine screws with washer, lock washer and nut, painted to match the backplate. Backplates
shall be of black homogeneous colored material with a lusterless finish. Each plastic backplate shall be secured to the plastic signal face in a manner that will prevent its removal or permanent deformation when the wind-load test is applied to either the front or the rear of the signal face. The
permanent deformation of any portion of the backplate shall not exceed 5 degrees forward or
backward after the wind loading has been applied for 24 hours.
When a plastic backplate requires field assembly, it shall be joined with at least four No. 10 machine
screws at each field assembled joint. Each machine screw shall be provided with an integral or
captive flat washer, a hexagonal head slotted for a standard screwdriver, and either (1) a locking nut
with an integral or captive flat washer, or (2) a nut, flat washer and lockwasher. Machine screws,
nuts and washers shall be stainless steel. Where a metal backplate consists of 2 or more sections,
the sections shall be fastened with rivets or with aluminum bolts peened after assembly to prevent
loosening. In lieu of the screws shown on the plans, plastic backplates may be fastened to the
plastic signal face using self-threading No. 10 stainless steel screws. The screws shall have an
integral or captive flat washer and a hexagon head slotted for a standard screwdriver, and shall be
stainless steel.
2094.05 Programmed Visibility Vehicle Signal Faces. Each programmed visibility signal face
and the installation thereof shall conform to the provisions in Sections 209-4.01, ”Vehicle Signal
Faces,” 209-4.03, “Backplates,“ and 209-4.06, “Signal Mounting Assemblies,“ except that the
provisions in Section 209-4.01A, “Optical Units,” shall not apply. Each programmed visibility signal
section shall provide a nominal 300 mm (12”) diameter circular or arrow indication. Color and arrow
configuration shall conform to ITE Publication: ST-008B. Each section shall be provided with a cap
visor. Each signal section shall be provided with an adjustable connection that permits incremental
tilting from 0 to 10 degrees above or belowthe horizontal while maintaining a common vertical axis
through couplers and mountings. Terminal connection shall permit external adjustment about the
mounting axis in 5 degree increments.
Adjustment shall be preset at 4 degrees below the horizontal, unless otherwise specified. The signal shall be mountable with ordinary tools and capable of being serviced without tools.
The visibility of each programmed visibility signal face shall be capable of adjustment or
programming within the face. When programmed, each signal face’s indication shall be visible only
side will be permissible. Prior to programming, each signal section with a yellow indication shall
in those areas or lanes to be controlled, except that during dusk and darkness a faint glow to each
provide a minimum luminous intensity of 2500 cd on the optical axis, and a maximum intensity of 100 cd at 15 degrees horizontal from the axis. Each signal section with a yellow indication shall be
capable of having its visibility programmed to achieve the following luminous intensities: a minimum of 2500 cd on the optical axis, a maximum of 100 cd at from 0.5 to 2 degrees horizontal from the axis and a maximum of 10 cd at from 2 to 15 degrees horizontal from the axis. Under the same conditions, the intensities of the red indication and the green indication shall be at least 19 and 38 percent, respectively, of the yellow indication. Each signal face or each signal section shall include integral means for regulating its luminous intensity between limits in proportion to the individual
background luminance. Lamp intensity shall not be less than 97 percent of uncontrolled intensity at
device shall operate over an applied voltage range of 95 to 130 V, 60 Hz and a temperature range of
10 000 Ix, and shall reduce to 15 f2 percent of maximum intensity at less than 10 Ix. The dimming
-40°C to 74°C. The Contractor shall program the head as recommended by the manufacturer and as
directed by the Engineer.
Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 105 of 139 Paoes
2094.06 Pedestrian Signal Faces. Message symbols for pedestrian signal faces shall be white
WALKING PERSON and Portland orange UPRAISED HAND conforming to the requirements of the
Institute of Transportation Engineers Standards: "Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications" and the "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices." The height of each symbol shall be not less than
250 mm (lo') and the width of each symbol shall be not less than 165 mm (6'/2"). The luminance of
the UPRAISED HAND symbol shall be 3750cd/m2 (1,100 foot-lamberts), minimum, and the
luminance of the WALKING PERSON symbol shall be 5300 cd/m2 (1,550 foot-lamberts), minimum,
when tested in accordance with California Test 606.
The uniformity ratio of an illuminated symbol shall not exceed 4 to 1 between the highest luminance
area and the lowest luminance area. The luminance difference between a nonilluminated symbol
and the background around the symbol shall be less than 30 percent when viewed with the front
screen in place and at a low sun angle. Brightness measurements for signals designed for an
incandescent lamp will be made when the signal is equipped with an A-21 traffic signal lamp operated at a voltage to produce 665 lumens. Each housing, including the front screen, shall have
maximum overall dimensions of 470 mm (18'/2y) width, 483 mm (19") height and 292 mm (111/2")
depth. All new pedestrian signal faces installed at any one intersection shall be the same make and
type. Each pedestrian signal face shall be installed at the location and mounted in the manner
shown on the plans.
209406A Types. Pedestrian signal faces shall be Type A and shall conform to the following:
Each Type A signal shall consist of a housing, two-color message plate, a reflector assembly, two
light emitting diode modules conforming to the provisions in Section 209-4.07, "Light Emitting Diode
Pedestrian Signal Modules", with sockets and a front screen. Each message plate shall be one
piece and shall be made 4.7 mm (3/,s") tempered glass. The symbols shall be applied to the inside
smooth surface of the message plate. Each reflector assembly shall consist of a double reflector or
2 single reflectors. Each reflector shall be made of either aluminum or plastic. All reflectors shall
conform to the provisions in Institute of Traffic Engineers Publication: ST-O08B, "Vehicle Traffic
Control Signal Heads." Plastic reflectors shall consist of molded or vacuum-formed plastic with a
vacuum-deposited aluminum reflecting surface. The plastic material shall not distort when the
reflector is used with the lamp of the wattage normally furnished with the signal. In addition, the UL
nonmechanical loading temperature of the material shall exceed, by at least 10°C, the maximum
temperature in the signal section with the lamp "ON" and measured in an ambient air temperature of
25°C in accordance with UL Publication UL 7468. Each completed reflector shall, when operated
with the appropriate lamp and lens, provide the message brightness specified.
2094068 Front Screen. The front screen provided on each Type A signal shall have a 38 mm
(1'h") deep eggcrate or Z-crate type screen of 0.8 mm (0.03") nominal thickness polycarbonate. The
screening shall be mounted in a frame constructed of 1.0 mm (0.04') minimum thickness
polycarbonate. The screen shall be installed parallel to the face of the message plate and shall be
held in place by the use of stainless steel screws.
The front screen shall not fracture, separate at the welds, or compress more than 3 mm when a
75 mm (3") diameter, 1.8-kg (41b.) steel ball is dropped onto the screen from a height of 1.2 m (4)
above the screen. The screen will be lying in a horizontal position and supported on its edges for
this test. The message plate will be removed from the pedestrian signal housing, when the
pedestrian housing is used to support the front screen during the test, so there will be no back
support for the screen. The screen and frame shall be fabricated from aluminum anodized flat black,
or finished with lusterless black exterior grade latex paint formulated for application to properly
prepared metal surfaces, or shall be fabricated from flat black plastic. Alternate methods of
screening may be substituted for the above screens provided that the results are at least equal to
those obtained with the above specified screens as determined by the Engineer.
*)
~~~ w ~ 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paoe 106 of 139 Paaes
209-4.06C Housing. Pedestrian signal housings shall conform to the provisions in Section
209401B, "Signal Sections."
209-4.06E Finish. The exterior of each housing and visor and the interior of visors shall be painted
in accordance with the provisions in Section 209-2.16, 'Painting."
209-4.06F Control. All pedestrian signals shall be capable of being controlled by the solid-state
switching devices specified for traffic signal controller assemblies.
209-4.06G Terminal Blocks. Each pedestrian signal face shall be provided with a light duty terminal block conforming to the provisions in Section 209-4.01C, "Electrical Components." All field
wiring shall connect to this terminal block.
209-4.07 Light Emitting Diode Pedestrian Signal Modules For Type A pedestrian signal
faces, the pedestrian signal face "Upraised Hand" & 'Walking Person" module shall utilize light
emitting diode. Each light emitting diode (LED) pedestrian signal face "Upraised Hand" & 'Walking
Person" module shall consist of an assembly that utilizes light emitting diodes as the light source in
lieu of an incandescent lamp for use in pedestrian signal faces and shall conform to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
a.
LED Pedestrian signal face "Upraised Hand" & 'Walking Person" module shall be designed to
mount in the standard existing Type "A Housing. Pedestrian signal face modules shall be
designed to mount behind or replace the existing face plate of existing Type "A housing as
specified by the requirements of the ITE Standards: "Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indica-
tions" and the MUTCD. The design of the modules shall require a specific mounting orienta-
tion.
LED pedestrian signal module used on this project shall be from the same manufacturer.
The circuit board and power supply shall be contained inside the module. Circuit boards shall
conform to Chapter 1, Section 6 of the "Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications".
LED pedestrian signal modules shall fit into the existing type "A housing and shall not require
a specific mounting orientation or have a variance in light output, pattern or visibility for any
mounting orientation.
The LEDs for "Upraised Hand symbol shall utilize AllnGaP technology and shall be the ultra
bright type rated for 100,000 hours of continuous operation from -40% to 74%.
The individual LEDs shall be wired such that a catastrophic failure of one LED will result in
the loss of not more then 5 percent of the signal module light output. The failure of an
individual LED in a string shall only result in the loss of that LED, not the entire string or
indication.
The LED ped modules tested or submitted for testing shall be representative of typical
average production units. LED ped modules shall be tested according to California Test No.
610 and as described herein. All optical testing shall be performed with the module mounted
in a standard Type "A Pedestrian Housing but without a visor or hood attached to the
housing.
The luminance of the UPRAISED HAND symbol shall be 3750 cd/m2 minimum. The color of
UPRAISED HAND should be Portland orange conforming to the requirements of the institute
of Transportation Engineers Standards: "Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications" and
the "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices." The height of each symbol shall be not less ..
than 250 mm and the width of each symbol shall not be less than 165 mm.
* W wlmn Contract No 3369-2A Paoe 107 of 139 Paoes
9.
10.
11.
The luminance of the WALKING PERSON symbol shall be 5300 cdlm' minimum. The color of
WALKING PERSON should be white conforming to the requirements of the Institute of
Transportation Engineers Standards: "Pedestrian Traffic Control Signal Indications" and the -.
"Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices." The height of each symbol shall be not less
than 250 mm and the width of each symbol shall not be less than 165 mm.
The uniformity ratio of an illuminated symbol shall not exceed 4 to 1 between the highest
luminance area and the lowest luminance area.
LED ped module shall be rated for a minimum useful life of 48 months and shall maintain not
less than 85 percent of 3750 cdlm' for UPRAISED HAND 8 5300 cdlm' for WALKING
PERSON after 48 months of continuous use in a traffic signal operation over the temperature
range of -4OOC to +74OC. -.
-
"
-
2094.07A Physical And Mechanical Requirements. LED ped module traffic signal modules
shall be designed as retrofit replacements for existing optical units of signal lamps and shall not
require special tools for installation. LED ped module shall fit into existing traffic signal section
housings built to the VTCSH without modification to the housing. Installation of an LED ped module
shall require the removal of the lens, reflector and lamps.
209407A(1) Environmental Requirements. LED ped modules shall be rated for use in the
operating temperature range of -4OOC (-4OOF) to +74T (+165"F).
209407A(2) Construction. LED ped modules shall be a single, self-contained device, not requiring
on-site assembly for installation into an existing Type "A housing. The power supply for the LED ped
module shall be integral to the unit. The assembly and manufacturing process for the LED ped
module assembly shall be designed to assure all internal components are adequately supported to
withstand mechanical shock and vibration from high winds and other sources.
2094.07A(3) Materials. Material used for the LED ped module construction shall conform to ASTM
specifications for the materials where applicable. Enclosures containing either the power supply or
electronic components of the LED ped module shall be made of UL94VO flame retardant materials.
2094.07A(4) Module Identification. Each LED ped module shall have the manufacturer's name,
trademark, and other necessary identification permanently marked on the back of the module.
Each individual LED ped module shall be identified for warranty purposes. The following operating
characteristics shall be identified: rated voltage, power consumption, and volt-ampere.
If a specific mounting orientation is required, each module shall have prominent and permanent
marking($ for correct indexing and orientation within a signal housing. The marking shall consist of
an up arrow, or the word "UP or "TOP. Type A Pedestrian Signal Face (Combination Raised
HandMlalking Person section) housing without the reflector shall be utilized for LED combo modules.
the minimum 3750 cdlm' for UPRAISED HAND 8 5300 cdlrn' for WALKING PERSON while
2094078 Photometric Requirements. An LED ped module shall meet at least 85 percent of
operating throughout the operating temperature range of -40% to 74%. The minimum initial
luminous intensity values for UPRAISED HAND LED ped modules shall be 3750 cdlm' at 25°C. The
minimum initial luminous intensity values for WALKING PERSON LED ped modules shall be 5300
cdlm' at 25°C. The measured chromaticity coordinates of LED ped modules shall conform to the
chromaticity requirements of Section 5.3.2.1 and Figure C of the VTCSH standards.
Contract No 3369-2A Paae 108 of 139 Paaes
2094.076 Electrical. Maximum power consumption requirements for LED signal modules shall be
as follows:
LED pedestrian signal modules shall operate from a 60 i3 Hz AC line over a voltage ranging from 95
V to 135 V. The LED ped module circuitry shall prevent perceptible flicker over the voltage range
specified above. The fluctuations of line voltage shall have no visible effect on the luminous intensity
of the indications. Rated voltage for all measurements shall be 120 V. The LED ped module on-
board circuitry shall include voltage surge protection to withstand high-repetition noise transients as
stated in Section 2.1.6 of NEMA Standard TS-2, 1992. The LED circuitry shall prevent perceptible
flicker to the unaided eye over the voltage range specified above. All wiring and terminal blocks shall
meet the requirements of Section 13.02 of ITE Publication: Equipment and Material Standards,
Chapter 2 (Vehicle Traffic Control Signal Heads). LED ped modules shall be operationally
compatible with currently used controller assemblies (solid state load switches, flashers, and conflict
monitors). When a current of 20 ma AC (or less) is applied to the unit, the voltage read across the
two leads shall be 15 VAC or less. LED ped modules and associated on-board circuitry must meet
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47, Subpart 8, Section 15 regulations concerning
the emission of electronic noise. The LED ped module shall provide a power factor of 0.90 or
greater. Total harmonic distortion (current and voltage) induced into an AC power line by an LED
ped module shall not exceed 20 percent.
209407D Quality Assurance. LED ped modules shall be manufactured in accordance with a
vendor quality assurance (QA) program. The QA program shall include two types of quality
assurance: (1) design quality assurance and (2) production quality assurance. The production quality
assurance shall include statistically controlled routine tests to ensure minimum performance levels of
LED ped modules built to meet this specification. QA process and test results documentation shall
be kept on file for a minimum period of seven years. LED ped module designs not satisfying design
qualification testing and the production quality assurance testing performance requirements
described below shall not be labeled, advertised, or sold as conforming to this specification.
209-4.07D(I ) Manufacturer‘s Serial Numbers. Identification of the component and sub-
assembly level may be required if the reliability and performance of the module must be traceable to
the original item manufacturers of the module components and subassemblies.
2094.07D(2) Production Quality Assurance Testing. The following Production Quality
Assurance tests shall be performed on each new LED ped module prior to shipment. Failure to meet
requirements of any of these tests shall be cause for rejection. The manufacturer for warranty
purposes shall retain test results for seven years. Each LED ped module shall be tested for rated initial intensity after bum-in. Bum-in period shall consist of each signal module being energized at a rated voltage for a 30 minute stabilization period before the measurement is made. Each LED ped module not meeting 3750 cdlm’ for UPRAISED HAND & 5300 cdlm’ for WALKING PERSON
luminous intensity requirements shall be cause for rejection. Each ped module shall be tested for
amperes after bum-in. The measured current values shall be compared against current values required power factor after bum-in. Each LED ped module shall be measured for current flow in
flow shall not exceed the rated value. The measured ampere values with rated voltage shall be resulting from design qualification measurements under “Design Qualification Testing”. The current
recorded as volt-ampere (VA) on the product labels. Each LED ped module shall be visually
inspected for any exterior physical damage or assembly anomalies. Careful attention shall be paid to
the surface of the lens to ensure there are no scratches (abrasions), cracks, chips, discoloration, or
other defects. Any such defects shall be cause for rejection.
Q) ts 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Paoe 109 of 139 Pages
2094.07D(3) Design Qualification Testing. Design qualification testing shall be performed on new
design. The minimum sample quantity of LED ped modules shall be as stated for each test. Failure LED ped module designs, and when a major design change has been implemented on an existing
to meet requirements for any of these tests shall be cause for rejection. A random sample of six LED
ped modules shall be energized for a minimum of 24 hours, at 100 percent on-time duty cycle, in a
temperature of 74OC (+165OF) before performing any design qualification testing. Any failure within an
LED ped module after bum-in shall be cause for rejection.
2094.07D(4) Rated Initial Luminous Intensity. After bum-in, a sample of six LED ped modules
shall be tested for rated initial intensity per the requirements of "Photometric Requirements". Before
measurement, each LED ped module shall be energized at rated voltage, with 100 percent on-time
duty cycle, for a time period of 30 minutes. The ambient temperature for this measurement shall be
25OC (77OF). The test results for this test shall have recorded the current voltage, total harmonic
distortion (THD), and power factor (PF) associated with each measurement.
209-4.07D(5) Chromaticity (Color). A sample of two LED ped modules shall be measured for
chromaticity (color) per the requirements of "Chromaticity requirements under "Photometric
Requirements." A spectraradiometer shall be used for this measurement. The ambient temperature
for this measurement shall be 25OC (77OF).
2094.07D(6) Electrical. A sample of six LED ped modules shall be measured for current flow in
amperes. The measured current values shall be used for quality comparison of Production Quality
Assurance current measurement on production modules.
A sample of six LED ped modules shall be measured for power factor. A commercially available
power factor meter may be used to perform this measurement.
A sample of six LED ped modules be measured for total harmonic distortion. A commercially
available total harmonic distortion meter may be used to perform this measurement.
A sample of six LED ped modules shall be tested per the requirements of "Electrical", with reference
to Class A emission limits referenced in Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Title 47,
Subpart B, Section 15.
A sample of six LED ped modules shall be tested for compatibility with the controller unit, conflict
monitor, and load switch. Each signal module shall be connected to any AC voltage supply between the values of 80 and 135 VAC. The AC voltage developed across each LED ped module so
connected shall not exceed 10 volts rms as the input AC voltage is varied from 80 V rms to 135 V
TmS.
A sample of six LED ped modules shall be tested for transient immunity per "Electrical" using the
procedure described in NEMA Standard TS-1992.
Mechanical vibration testing shall be performed on a sample of three LED ped modules per
MIL-STD-883, Test Method 2007, using three 4 minute cycles along each x, y, and z axis, at a force
of 2.5 g, with a frequency sweep from 2 Hz to 120 Hz. The loosening of the lens, of any internal
components, or other physical damage shall be cause for rejection.
"
"
ts (3111100 Contract No 3369-2A Paae 11 0 of 139 Paqes
Temperature cycling shall be performed on a sample of three LED ped modules per MIL-STD-883. Test method 1010. The temperature range shall be per "Environmental Requirements". A minimum
of 20 cycles shall be performed with a 30 minute transfer time between temperature extremes and a
30 minute dwell time at each temperature. Signal under test shall be non-operating. Failure of a
module to function properly or any evidence of cracking of the module lens or housing after
temperature cycling shall be cause for rejection.
Moisture resistance testing shall be performed on a sample of three LED ped modules per NEMA
Standard 250-1991 for Type 4 enclosures. Any evidence of internal moisture after testing shall be
cause for rejection.
2094.07[3(7) Certificate of Compliance. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a Certificate of Compliance from the manufacturer in accordance with the provisions of Section 6-1.07,
"Certificates of Compliance," of the Standard Specifications. The certificate shall certify that the LED
ped modules comply with the requirements of these specifications. The certificate shall also include a
copy of all applicable test reports on the LED ped modules.
209-4.07D(8) Guarantee. The Contractor shall guarantee LED ped modules for a period of one
year starting on the day after the Engineer accepts the project. Modules that fail during this period
shall be replaced at no cost to the State, except that State forces will change out the modules in the
field. The replacement modules shall be delivered to the Engineer, or to the Public Works
Department at 405 Oak Avenue, within five working days after notification. The failed modules will be
made available to the Contractor at the above address at the same time as the replacement is
delivered.
2094.07D(9) Warranty. The manufacturer shall provide a written warranty against defects in
materials and workmanship for the LED ped modules for a period of 36 months after installation of
the modules. Replacement modules shall be provided promptly after receipt of modules that have
failed at no cost to the State except cost of shipping of the failed modules. All warranty
documentation shall be given to the Engineer prior to installation.
standard weight steel galvanized pipe conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 53,
209-4.08 Signal Mounting Assemblies. Signal mounting assemblies shall consist of 40 mm (1'/2")
galvanized steel, aluminum alloy Type AC-848 No. 380, or bronze. Mast arm slip-fitters shall be cast
necessary fittings, slip-fitters and terminal compartments. Pipe fittings shall be ductile iron,
bronze or hot-dip galvanized ductile iron. Post top slip-fitters and terminal compartments shall be cast bronze, Type 356-T6 aluminum or hot-dip galvanized ductile iron. After installation, any exposed threads of galvanized pipe brackets and all areas of the brackets damaged by wrench or vise jaws shall be cleaned with a wire brush and painted with 2 applications of approved unthinned zinc-rich primer (organic vehicle type) conforming to the requirements in Section 210, "Paint and
Protective Coatings." Aerosol cans shall not be used.
each with 2 screw type terminals. Each terminal shall be designed to accommodate at least 5 No. 14 Each terminal Compartment shall be fitted with a terminal block containing a minimum of 12 poles,
conductors. A cover shall be provided on the compartment to give ready access to the terminal block. Where used to bracket mount signals, the terminal compartment shall be designed to bolt
the vertical centerline of the terminal compartment or slip-fitter and the vertical centerline of each securely to a pole or standard. The horizontal dimension of mounting assembly members between
signal face, shall not exceed 280 mm (ll"), except where required to provide proper signal face alignment or permit programming of programmed visibility signal faces or when otherwise directed by the Engineer. Each mounting assembly shall be oriented to provide maximum horizontal clearance to the adjacent roadway. All mounting assembly members shall be either plumb or level, sym- metrically arranged and securely assembled. Construction shall be such as to permit all conductors to be concealed. Mounting assemblies shall be watertight and free of sharp edges or protrusions which might damage conductor insulation.
*) w 9~l1100 Contract No. 3369-2A Paae 11 1 of 139 Paaes
For post-top mounting of signals, a slip-fitter shall be used. Slip-fitter shall fit over a 115 mm (4'1;) outside diameter pipe or tapered standard end. Each slip-fitter shall be provided with cadmium-
plated steel set screws, arranged as shown on the plans. Each slip-fitter used to post-top mount
signals with brackets shall be provided with an integral terminal compartment. Each mounting assembly shall be provided with positive locking, serrated fittings, which when mated with similar
fittings on the signal faces shall prevent faces from rotating. Fittings shall permit fastening at in-
crements of not more than 7 degrees.
Signal faces shall not be installed at any intersection until all other signal equipment, including the
complete controller assembly, is in place and ready for operation at that intersection, except that the
signal faces may be mounted if they are not directed toward traffic or if they are covered.
2094.09 Flashing Beacons. Each beacon shall consist of a single section traftic signal face,
conforming to the provisions in Section 209-4.01, "Vehicle Signal Faces," with yellow or red lens as
shown on the plans. The beacon flasher unit shall be independent of the intersection flasher unit.
Reflective sheeting for W41 "Signal Ahead" signs, mounted on flashing beacons, shall be prismatic
lens reflective sheeting (Diamond Grade or equal).
2094.09A Backplates. Each beacon shall be provided with a backplate conforming to the
requirements in Section 209-4.03, 'Backplates."
2094.098 Visors. Each beacon shall be provided with a full circle type visor conforming to the
requirements in Section 209-4.01 D, 'Visors."
209-4.09C Flashing Beacon Control Assembly. Each flashing beacon control assembly shall
consist of switches, circuit breakers, terminal blocks, flasher, dimming relay, wiring and electrical
components necessary to provide proper operation of the beacons, all housed in a single enclosure.
2094.09C(I) Enclosure. The enclosure shall be NEMA Type 3R, and shall be provided with dead
front panel and a hasp to permit padlocking of the cover. The padlock will be furnished by others.
The enclosure shall be hot-dip galvanized or, at the option of the Contractor, shall be provided with a
factory applied rust resistant prime coat and finish coat.
2094.09C(2) Circuit Breakers and Switches. A 15-A circuit breaker shall be installed to control
each ungrounded conductor entering the enclosure. A switch to permit manual operation of the sign
pole, single-throw, rated at 12 A, 120 V. Switches shall be furnished with an indicating nameplate
lighting circuit shall be provided. Switches shall be of the single-hole-mounting toggle type, single-
reading "Auto - Test" and shall be connected in parallel with the load contacts of the photoelectric
control circuit. A 15-A circuit breaker may be used in place of the toggle switch.
2094.09C(3) Flasher. The flasher shall meet the requirements of Section 8, "Solid-state Flashers,"
of NEMA Standards Publication No. TS 1. The flasher shall be a solid-state device with no contact
points or moving parts. The flasher shall provide 2 output circuits to permit alternate flashing of
signal faces and shall be capable of carrying a minimum of 10 A per circuit at 120 V.
2094.09C(4) Wiring. Conductors and wiring in the enclosure shall conform to the requirements in
Section 209-3.04C, "Cabinet Wring."
2094.09C(5) Terminal Blocks. Terminal blocks shall be rated at 25 A, 600 V, shall be molded from
phenolic or nylon material and shall be the barrier type with plated brass screw terminals and integral
type marking strips.
"
-.
_.
"
Contract No 3369-2A Paae 112 of 139 Paaes
2094.09C(6) Dimming Relay. A heavy duty dimming relay shall be provided to reduce the voltage
to the lamps at night. Heavy duty relays shall be designed for continuous duty. Relays shall operate
during ambient temperatures from -18°C to 71°C (0' to 160°F). Each relay shall operate in the 8-pin
Jones-type socket shown on the plans. Relays shall be provided with double-pole, double-throw
contacts. Contact points shall be of fine silver, silver-alloy, or superior alternative material. Contact
points and contact arms shall be capable of operation for 250,000 cycles with 20 A of tungsten load
per contact at 120 V, 60 Hz AC. Coils shall have a power consumption of 10 V.A or less and shall be
designed for continuous duty on 120 volts AC. Heavy duty relays shall be enclosed with a
removable, clear plastic cover.
209-5 DETECTORS
209-5.01 Vehicle Detectors. Vehicle detectors shall be the type or types shown on the plans. All
sensor units, control units, and amplifiers shall meet the requirements of California Test 675. The
units shall not be affected by transient voltages when tested in accordance with California Test 667.
After a power interruption the units shall return to normal operation within one minute. Each unit
shall be provided with a light or meter, for each output circuit, to indicate when the detector is
detecting a vehicle. Each detector shall operate over the range of voltages from 100 volts to
135 volts at 60 Hz. Circuitry shall be solid-state except relays with normally closed contacts may be
used for the output circuit. Units shall be designed to provide ease of maintenance with easily ac-
cessible electronic components. Each detector shall provide vehicle detection without readjustment
from -18'C to 71°C (0" to 160°F). Units shall use printed circuit boards designed to facilitate
identification of components. This shall be done by either part identification markings or by providing
a pictorial diagram showing physical location and identification of each component. Each printed
circuit board shall have the following minimum quality requirements: NEMA FR-4 glass cloth base - epoxy resin board, 1.5 mm ('IjB") minimum thickness, organic solder masking and gold plated
contacts. lntercomponent wiring shall be copper track with a minimum mass of 600 g/m2 (2 OM).
Printed circuit design shall be such that components may be removed and replaced without
permanent damage to boards or tracks. Splices shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-2.09,
"Wiring."
209-5.01A Inductive Loop Detectors. Inductive loop detectors shall conform to the following:
209-5.01A(l) General. The term "inductive loop detector" applies to a complete installation
consisting of a loop or group of loops installed in the roadway, as shown on the plans, lead-in cable
and a sensor unit with power supply installed in a controller cabinet.
209-5.01A(3) Sensor Unit Construction. "Card" type sensor units shall conform to the
requirements in "Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications," issued by the State of California,
Department of Transportation, and to all addendum thereto current at the time of project advertising.
Shelf mounted sensor units shall conform to the requirements in Section 1 I of the NEMA Standards
Publication No. TS 1. Capacitors or inductors necessary for loop tuning shall not be mounted
external to the sensor unit.
209-5.01A(4) Construction Materials. Conductor for each inductive loop detector shall be
continuous and unspliced and shall conform to one of the following:
1. Type 1 loop wire shall be Type RHW-USE neoprene-jacketed or Type USE cross-linked
polyethylene insulated, No. 12, stranded copper wire. The minimum insulation thickness at any
" point shall be 1.0 mm (40 mils).
Contract No 3369-2A Paae 1 13 of 139 Paaes
2. Type 2 loop wire shall consist of a conductor inside of plastic tubing. The conductor shall be
Type THWN or Type XHHW, No. 14, stranded copper wire. The tubing shall be polyethylene or vinyl, rated for use at 105'C, and shall be resistant to oil and gasoline. The tubing shall have a
maximum outside diameter of 7 mm (0.27") and a minimum wall thickness of 0.71 mm (0.028").
The conductors shall not be spliced inside the tubing.
Conductors for loop detector lead-in cable shall be 2 No. 16 (19 x 29) stranded tinned copper. Loop
detector lead-in cable shall conform to the calculated cross sectional area of ASTM Designation:
B 286, Table 1. The lead-in cable shall conform to one of the following:
1. Type B lead-in cable shall be insulated with 0.5 mm (20 mils) of high-density polyethylene. The
conductors shall be twisted together with at least 6 turns per meter and the twisted pair shall be protected with a copper or aluminum polyester shield. A No. 20, minimum, copper drain wire
shall be provided and connected to the equipment ground within the cabinet. The cable shall be
provided with a high-density polyethylene or high-density polypropylene outer jacket with a
nominal thickness of 0.8 mm (35 mils). An amorphous interior moisture penetration barrier of
nonhydroscopic polyethylene or polypropylene fillers shall be provided.
Specification No. 50-2. A No. 20, minimum, copper drain wire shall be provided and connected
to the equipment ground within the cabinet.
2. Type C lead-in cable shall conform to International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA)
209-5.01A(5) Installation Details. Installation and tests shall conform to the details and notes
shown on the plans. Unless shown othelwise each loop shall consist of 3 turns of conductor as
specified in Section 209-5.01A(4), "Construction Materials." Slots cut in the pavement shall be
washed clean, blown out and thoroughly dried before installing conductors. Residue resulting from
slot cutting operations shall not be permitted to flow across shoulders or lanes occupied by public
traffic and shall be removed from the pavement surface before any residue flows off of the pavement
surface. Residue from slot cutting operations shall be disposed of outside the highway right of way
in accordance with Section 7-8.1, "Cleanup and Dust Control." After conductors are installed in the
slots cut in the pavement, the slots shall be filled with sealant to within 3 mm of the pavement
surface. The sealant shall be at least 25 mm (1") thick above the top conductor in the saw cut.
Before setting, surplus sealant shall be removed from the adjacent road surfaces without the use of
solvents. The sealant for filling slots shall conform to the following:
1. Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant- Hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be in solid form at
room temperature and fluid at an application temperature of 190°C (375°F) to 205'C (400'F).
Fumes from the material shall be non-toxic. Sealant shall be suitable for use in both asphalt
concrete and portland cement concrete. Performance characteristics of the cured hot-melt
rubberized asphalt shall be as per Table 209-5.01A(5).
Contract No 3369-2A Paoe 114 of 139 Paaes
TABLE 2095.01A(5)
CURED HOT-MELT RUBBERIZED ASPHALT
Property Conditions Results Measuring Standard (ASTM Designation)
Cone
25°C 25%, min. ,ASTM D 3407, Sec. 0 Resilience
5 mm, max. ASTM D 3407, Sec. 6 Flow, 60°C
Penetration
25°C 150 g, 5 s 3.5 mm, max. ASTM D 3407, Sec. 5
Softening ASTM D 36
Point,
Ductility, ASTM D 113 300 mm, min. 25"C, 50 mmlmin
Flash Point, ASTM D 92 200 "C, min.
COC, "C
Viscosity, No. 27 Spindle, 20 rpm, 2.5-3.5 Pas ASTM D 4402
Brookfield
02 "C, min.
1 9O"C,
The hot-melt rubberized asphalt shall be melted in a jacketed, double boiler type melting unit.
Temperature of the heat transfer medium shall not exceed 245°C (475°F). Application of the hot-
melt sealant shall be made with a pressure feed applicator or pour pot. Sealant shall be applied
when the pavement surface temperature is greater than 4'C (40°F). Hot-melt sealant shall be
packaged in containers clearly marked "Detector Loop Sealant" and specifying the batch and lot
number of the manufacturer.
Loop conductors shall be installed without splices and shall terminate in the nearest pull box. The
loops shall be joined in the pull box in combination of series and parallel so that optimum sensitivity
is obtained at the sensor unit. Final splices between loops and lead-in cable shall not be made until
the operation of the loops under actual traffic conditions is approved by the Engineer. All loop
conductors for each direction of travel for the same phase of a traftic signal system, in the same pull
box, shall be spliced to a detector lead-in cable which shall be run from the pull box adjacent to the
loop detector to a sensor unit mounted in the controller cabinet. All loop conductors for traffic
monitoring shall terminate in a pull box or terminal strip in the traffic monitor station cabinet when a
cabinet of that type is installed. Conductors for inductive loop traffic signal and traffic monitoring
installations shall be identified and banded, in pairs, by lane, in the pull box adjacent to the loops and
near the termination of the conductors in the controller or traffic monitoring station cabinet. Bands
shall conform to the provisions in Section 209-2.09, "Wring."
If asphalt concrete surfacing is to be placed, the loop conductors shall be installed prior to placing the
uppermost layer of asphalt concrete. The conductors shall be installed, as shown on the plans, in
the compacted layer of asphalt concrete immediately below the uppermost layer. Installation details
shall be as shown on the plans, except the sealant shall fill the slot flush to the surface.
209-5.018 Emergency Vehicle Pre-Emption Detector System. Each emergency vehicle pre-
emption detector system shall conform to the details shown on the plans and these special
provisions and shall consist of an optical emitter assembly or assemblies located on the appropriate
vehicle and an optical detector/discriminator assembly or assemblies located at the traffic signal.
Each system shall permit detection of Class I1 emergency vehicles. Class I1 emergency vehicles
shall be capable of being detected at any range up to 2,500 feet from the optical detector.
G 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 1 15 of 139 Pages
209-5.01B(I) Optical Emitter Assembly. Each optical emitter assembly shall consist of an emitter
unit, an emitter control unit and connecting cables and shall conform to the following:
Each optical emitter assembly, including lamp, shall be designed to operate over an ambient
temperature range of -34°C to 74°C at both modulation frequencies and to operate continuously at
the higher frequency for a minimum of 3,000 hours at 25°C ambient before failure of lamp or any
other component.
Each emitter unit shall be controlled by a single, maintained-contact switch on the respective emitter
vehicle driver. The control unit shall contain a pilot light to indicate that the emitter power circuit is
control unit. The switch shall be capable of being positioned in a readily accessible location to the
energized and shall be capable of generating only Class II modulating code.
Functional Requirements. Each emitter unit shall transmit optical energy in one direction only.
The signal from each emitter unit shall be capable of being detected at a distance of 2,500 feet when
used with a standard optical detection/discriminator assembly. The modulation frequency for Class I1
signal emitters shall be 14.035 Hz * 0.003 Hz. The standard optical detection/discriminator
assembly to be used in conducting the range tests shall be available from the manufacturer of the
system. A certified performance report shall be furnished by the contractor with each assembly.
The emitter unit shall be configured with a grating to provide precise directionality control.
Electrical Requirements. Each optical emitter assembly shall be capable of providing full light output with input voltages between 10 and 16 volts DC. An optical emitter assembly shall not be
damaged by input voltages up to 7.5 volts DC about the supply voltage. The optical emitter
assembly shall not generate voltage transient, on the input supply, which exceeds the supply voltage
by more than 4 volts. Each optical emitter assembly shall not consume more than 100 watts at 17.5
volts DC and shall have a power input circuit breaker rated at 10 to 12 amperes, 12 volts DC.
The design and circuitry of each emitter unit shall permit its use on vehicles with either negative or
positive ground without disassembly or rewiring of the unit.
Mechanical Requirements. Each emitter unit shall be housed in a weatherproof, corrosion-
resistant housing. The housing shall be provided with facilities to permit mounting on various types
of vehicles and shall have provision for proper alignment of the emitter unit and for locking of the
emitter unit into proper alignment.
Each emitter control unit shall be provided with appurtenant hardware to permit its mounting in or on
an emergency vehicle or mass transit vehicle. Where required for certain emergency vehicles, the
emitter control unit and all exposed controls shall be weatherproof.
Each emitter shall include a multi-purpose port compliant with the SAE Jf708 communication
standard to enable unit configuration to be set into the emitter and read from the emitter.
209-5.01B(2) Optical DetectiodDiscriminator Assembly. Optical detectioddiscriminator
assembly shall consist of one or more optical detectors, connecting cable and a discriminator module
and conform to the following:
Each such assembly, when used with standard emitters, shall have a range of up to 2,500 feet for
Class II signals. Standard emitters for Class II signals shall be available from the manufacturer of the
system. Range measurements shall be taken with all range adjustments on the discriminator module
set to "maximum".
."
"
"
9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 116 of 139 Pages
209-5.018(3) Optical Detector. Each optical detector shall be a waterproof unit capable of
receiving optical energy from one or two separately aimable directions. The horizontal angle
between the two directions shall be variable from 5 degrees to 180 degrees. The reception angle for
the assembly. Measurements of reception angle will be taken at a range of 2,500 feet for a Class II
each photocell assembly shall be a maximum of 8 degrees in all directions about the aiming axis of
emitter.
All internal circuitry shall be solid state and electrical power shall be provided by the associated discriminator module.
Each optical detector shall be contained in a housing, which shall include one or two rotatable
its mounting on a mast arm. Each optical detector shall weigh no more than 2.5 pounds and shall
photocell assemblies, an electronic assembly and a base. The base shall have an opening to permit
present a maximum wind load area of 36 square inches. The housing shall be provided with weep
holes to permit drainage of condensed moisture. Each optical detector shall be installed, wired and
aimed as specified by the manufacturer.
209-5.01B(4) Optical Detector Cable. Optical detector cable shall meet the requirements of
IPCEA-SdI-402/NEMA WC 5, Section 7.4, 600 volt control cable, 75% Type B and the following:
The cable shall contain three conductors, each of which shall be AWG #20 (7x28) stranded, tinned
copper with low-density polyethylene insulation. Minimum average insulation thickness shall be 25
mils. The insulation of individual conductors shall be color coded as follows:
Yellow - Detector Signal #l
Blue - Detector Signal #2
Orange - Power (+)
Bare (Drain) - Common or Ground
The shield shall be either tinned copper braid or aluminized polyester film with a nominal 20 percent
overlap. Where the film is used, a AWG #20 (7x28) standard, tinned, bare drain wire shall be place
shield
between the insulated conductors and the shield and in contact with the conductive surface of the
The jacket shall be black polyvinyl chloride with a minimum rating of 600 volts and 8OoC and a
minimum average thickness of 45 mils. The jacket shall be marked as required by IPCWNEMA.
The finished outside diameter of the cable shall not exceed 0.3 inches.
The capacitance of the optical detector cable, as measured between any conductor and the other
conductors and the shield, shall not exceed 14.3 microfarads per 1000 feet. The characteristic
impedance of the optical detector cable shall be 0.6 ohms per 1000 feet.
209-5.018(5) Discriminator Module. Each discriminator module shall be designed to be
compatible and usable with Model 170 controller unit and to be mounted in the input file of a Model
332 controller cabinet, and shall conform to the requirements of Chapter I of the State of California,
Department of Transportation, "Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications", dated January
1989, and to all addenda thereto current at the time of project advertisement.
Each discriminator module shall be capable of operating one or two channels and shall be capable
of:
1. Receiving Class II signals at a range of up to 2,500 feet.
2. Decoding the signal on the basis of frequency at 14.035 Hz f 0.003 Hz for Class II signals.
G 9/11/00 Contract NO. 3369-2A Page 11 7 of 139 Pages
3. Establishing the validity of received signals on the basis of frequency and length of time received.
A signal shall be considered valid only when received for more than 0.50 seconds. No
combination of Class I signals shall be recognized as a Class II signal regardless of the number -
of signals being received, up to a maximum of ten signals. Once a valid signal has been
recognized, its effect shall be held by the module in the event of temporary loss of the signal for a
period adjustable from 4.5 seconds to I1 seconds in at least 2 steps at 5 f 0.5 seconds and 10 f
0.5 seconds.
4. Providing an output for each channel that will result in "low" or grounded condition of the
appropriate input of a Model 170 controller unit. For Class II signals the output shall be steady.
Each discriminator module shall be powered from 115 volt (95 volts AC to 135 volts AC), 60 Hz
mains and will contain an internal, regulated power supply that supports up to twelve optical
terminate at the printed circuit board edge connector pins listed below. Board edge connector pin
detectors. Electric power, one detector input for each channel and one output for each channel, shall -.
assignments shall be as follows:
-
-.
-
- Pins
A
D
E
F
H
J
K L
M
N
Function
Ground
Channel A primary detector input
Detector 24 VDC power output
Channel A output, collector (+)
Channel A output, emitter (-)
Channel B primary detector input
Detector ground
AC - (in)
Earth ground
AC + (in)
Pins
P R
S
T
U
V w
X
Y z
- Function
Not used
Detector 24 VDC power output
Not used
Not used
Not used
Detector ground Channel B output collector (+)
Channel B output emitter (-)
Not used
Not used
Two auxiliary inputs for each channel shall enter each module through the front panel connector. Pin
assignment for the connector shall be as follows:
_.
- Pins Function 13
14
Auxiliary detector 2 input, Channel A
Auxiliary detector 1 input, Channel B
15 Auxiliary detector 2 input, Channel B
Auxiliary detector 1 input, Channel A 28
Each channel output shall be an optically isolated NPN open collector transistor capable of sinking
50 milliamperes at 30 volts and shall be compatible with Model 170 controller unit inputs.
Each discriminator module shall be provided with means of preventing transients received by the
detector from affecting the Model 170 controller assembly.
Each discriminator module shall have a single connector board, shall be capable of being inserted into the input file of a Model 332 cabinet and shall occupy one slot width of the input file. The front
panel of each module shall have a handle to facilitate withdrawal and the following controls and
indicators for each channel:
1. A Command (High) and Advantage (Low) solid-state LED indicator for each channel to display
2. A test switch for each channel to test proper operation of Command or Advantage priority. 3. A single confirmation light control output for each channel. These outputs shall be user
"
-
-
-
active calls. -
-.
configurable through software for a variety of confirmation light sequences.
e 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 118 of 139 Pages
-
The front panel shall be provided with a single circular, bayonet-captured, multi-pin connector for two auxiliary detector inputs for each channel. Connector shall be a mechanical configuration equivalent to a D-Shell44-Pin front panel.
Wiring for a Model 332 cabinet shall conform to the following:
the primary detectors, except 24-volt DC power, shall terminate on either terminal board TB-9 in the Slots 12 and 13 of the input file 's' shall be wired to accept a two-channel module. Field wiring for
controller cabinet or on the rear of input file "J", depending on cabinet configuration. Where TB-9 is used, position assignments shall be as follows:
-
..
."
-
Position Assianment 4 Channel A detector input, 1" module (Slot J-12)
a
5 7 Channel B detector input, 1:module (Slot J-12) Channel A detector input, 2nd module (Slot J-13) Channel B detector input, 2 module (Slot J-13)
- The 24 volt cabinet DC power shall be available at Position 1 of terminal board TB-I in the controller
cabinet.
- All field wiring for the auxiliary detectors shall terminate on terminal board TB-0 in the controller cabinet. Position assignments are as follows:
Position Assianment - 7 +24VDC from fJ-13E)
8 Detector ground from'(J-13K) 9 10 Channel A auxiliary detector input 1 Channel A auxiliary detector input 2 11 Channel B auxiliary detector input 1 12 Channel B auxiliary detector input 2
"
- The contractor shall demonstrate that all of the components of the system will perform satisfactorily
as a system. Satisfactory performance shall be determined using the following test procedure:
1. Each system to be used for testing shall consist of an optical emitter assembly, an optical detector, at least 200 feet of optical detector cable and a discriminator module. 2. The discriminator modules shall be installed in the proper input file slot of Model 332 controller cabinet. The controller cabinet, together with a Model 170 controller unit with the appropriate
on the plans and as indicated elsewhere in these special provisions. 3. One test shall be conducted using a Class I1 signal emitter and a distance of 2,500 feet between the emitter and the detector. All range adjustments on the module shall be set to "Maximum" for
4. Each test shall be conducted for a period of one hour, during which the emitter shall be operated each test.
for 30 cycles, each consisting of a one minute "on" interval and a one minute "off interval. - During the total test period: (A) the emitter signal shall cause the proper response from the Model 170 controller unit during each "on" interval and (6) there shall be no improper operation of either the Model 170 controller unit or the monitor during each "off interval.
-
.- operating program, a Model 210 monitor unit and 120 volt AC power, will be available as shown
-
- 209-5.01C Video Detection System. The video detection system shall consist of one (1) video camera, a video detection processor (VDP) and a pointing device. The system shall include sofhvare that detects vehicles in multiple lanes using only the video image. Detection zones shall be
- defined using only a video menu and a pointing device to place zones on a video image. A minimum of 24 detection zones per camera shall be available. -
*, r.9 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 119 of 139 Pages
209-5.OlC(l) Functional Requirements. The VDP shall process video from a single source. The
format and shall be digitized and analyzed in real time. The VDP shall detect the presence of source can be a video camera or a video tape player. The video shall be input to the VDP in RSl7O
vehicles in up to 24 detection zones per camera. A detection zone shall be approximately the width and length of one car. Detection zones shall be programmed via a menu displayed on a video
detection zones and setting of zone parameters. A separate computer shall not be required for monitor and a pointing device connected to the VDP. The menu shall facilitate placement of the
programming detection zones or to view system operations. The VDP shall store up to three different detection zone patterns. The VDP shall be able to switch to any one of the three different
device. The VDP shall detect vehicles in real time as they travel across each detection zone. detection zone patterns within one second of user request via menu selection with the pointing
The VDP shall have an RS-232 port for communications with an external computer. The VDP shall accept new detector patterns from an external computer through the RS-232 port when that computer uses the appropriate communications protocol for downloading detector patterns. The VDP shall send its detector patterns to an external computer through the RS-232 port when requested when that computer uses the appropriate communications protocol for uploading detector patterns. A Wmdows-based software program designed for local or remote connection and providing video capture, real-time detection indication and detection zone modification capability shall be
provided with the system.
The camera system shall be able to transmit an NTSC video signal, with minimal signal degradation, up to 300m (1000 fl).
The VDP shall default to a safe condition, such as a constant call to each active detection channel, in the event of unacceptable interference in the video signal.
The system shall be capable of automatically detecting a low visibility condition such as fog and respond by placing all defined detection zones in a constant call mode. A user-selected output shall
connected to the appropriate controller input modifier(s). The system shall automatically revert to be active during the low visibility condition that can be used to modify the controller operation if
normal detection mode when the low visibility condition no longer exists.
209-5.01C(2) Operational Requirements. A minimum of 24 detection zones shall be supported and each detection zone can be sized to suit the conditions and the desired vehicle detection region.
ANDed or ORed together to indicate vehicle presence on a single phase of traffic movement. A single detection zone shall be capable of replacing multiple loops and the detection zone may be
Placement of detection zones shall be done by using a pointing device and a graphical interface built into the VDP and displayed on a video monitor. No separate computer shall be required to program the detection zones. Up to three detection zone patterns shall be saved within the VDP memory and
for current use shall be done tHrough a menu system. It shall be possible to activate a detection
this memory shall be preserved during power outages. The selection of the detection zone pattern
zone pattern for a camera from VDP memory and have the detection zone pattern displayed within one second of activation. When a vehicle is detected crossing a detection zone, the detection zone will flash a symbol on the screen to confirm the detection of the vehicle. Detection shall be at least 98% accurate in good weather conditions and at least 96% accurate under adverse weather conditions (rain, snow or fog).
Detector placement shall not be more distant from the camera than a distance of fifteen times the mounting height of the camera.
The VDP shall provide up to eight channels of vehicle presence detection through a NEMA TS1 port. The VDP shall provide dynamic zone reconfiguration (DZR) to enable normal detector operation of existing zones except the one being added or modified during the setup process. The VDP shall output a constant call on any detection channel when the corresponding zone is being modified.
"
"
e 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 120 of 139 Pages
Detection zone outputs shall be configurable to allow the selection of presence, pulse, extend and delay outputs. Timing parameters of pulse, extend, and delay outputs shall be user definable between 0.1 and 25.0 seconds. Up to six detection zones shall be capable of counting the number of vehicles detected. The count value shall be internally stored for later retrieval through the RS-232 port. The data collection interval shall be user definable in periods of five, fifteen, thirty or sixty minutes.
209-S.OlC(3) Hardware Requirements. The VDP shall be housed in a durable metal enclosure
exceed 180mm (7.1 in) in length and 157mm (6.2 in) in depth. The VDP shall operate satisfactorily suitable for shelf mounting in the side rails of the controller cabinet. The VDP enclosure shall not
in a temperature range of -34°C to +74"C (-29°F to +165"F) and a humidity range of O%RH to 95% RH, non-condensing. The VDP shall be powered by 24 volts DC. VDP power consumption shall not exceed 10 watts. The VDP shall include an RS-232 port for serial communications with a remote computer. This port shall be a 9-pin 'D subminiature connector on the front of the VDP. The front of the VDP shall include one BNC video input connection suitable for RS170 video inputs. The video input shall include a switch-selectable 75-ohm or high impedance termination to allow camera video to be routed to other devices, as well as input to the VDP for vehicle detection. The front of the VDP shall include one BNC video output providing real time video output that can be routed to other devices.
209-5.01C(4) Video Detection Camera. The video camera shall be furnished by the VDP supplier and shall be qualified by the supplier to ensure proper system operation. The camera shall produce useable video image of the bodies of vehicles under all roadway lighting conditions, regardless of time of day. The minimum range of scene luminance over which the camera shall produce a useable video image shall be the minimum range of night time to day time but not less than the range of 0.1 lux to 10,000 lux. The camera shall use a CCD sensing element and shall output monochrome video with resolution of not less than 380 lines vertical and 380 lines horizontal. The camera shall include an electronic shutter control based upon average scene luminance and shall be equipped with a factory adjusted manual iris.
The camera shall include a variable focal length lens with variable focus that can be adjusted, without opening the camera housing, to suit the site geometry by means of a portable interface device designed for that purpose and manufactured by the detection system supplier. The horizontal field of view shall be adjustable from 8.1' to 45.9'. A single camera configuration shall be used for all approaches in order to minimize setup time and spares required by the user. The camera electronics shall include AGC to produce a satisfactory image at night.
The camera shall be housed in a weather-tight sealed enclosure. The camera enclosure shall be able to rotate to allow proper alignment between the camera and the traveled road surface. The
water diversion to prevent water from flowing in the camera's field of view. The camera enclosure camera enclosure shall be equipped with a sun shield. The sun shield shall include a provision for
with sun shield shall be less than 170mm (6 in) in diameter, less than 380mm (15 in) long, and shall weigh less than 13.3kg (6 pounds) when the camera and lens are mounted inside the enclosure.
the lens at low temperatures and to prevent moisture condensation on the optical faceplate of the The camera enclosure shall include a thermostatically controlled heater to assure proper operation of
enclosure.
When mounted outdoors in the enclosure, the camera shall operate satisfactorily in a temperature range of -34°C to +60°C (-29°F to +14OoF) and a humidity range of 0% RH to 100% RH. The camera shall be powered by 1201240 VAC, 50160 Hz. Power consumption shall be 15 watts or less under all conditions.
Recommended camera placement height shall be 10m (33 ft) above the roadway, and over the traveled way on which vehicles are to be detected. For optimum detection, the camera should be centered above the traveled roadway. The camera shall view approaching vehicles at a distance not to exceed lOOm (350 ft) for reliable detection (height:distance ration of 1O:lOO). Camera placement and field of view shall be unobstructed and as noted in the installation documentation provided by the supplier.
Q, w 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 121 of 139 Pages
The camera enclosure shall be equipped with separate, weather-tight connections for power and
video cables at the rear of the enclosure. These connections may also allow diagnostic testing and viewing of the video signal at the camera while the camera is installed, using a lens adjustment module supplied by the VDP supplier. Video and power shall not be connected within the same connector. The video signal output by the camera shall be black and white in RS170 or CClR format. The video signal shall be fully isolated from the camera enclosure and power cabling.
209-5.01C(5) Installation Requirements. The coaxial cable to be used between the camera and the VDP in the controller cabinet shall be Belden 8281 or a 75 ohm, precision video cable with 20 gauge solid bare copper conductor (9.9 ohmshl), solid polyethylene insulating dielectric, 98% (min) tinned copper double-braided shield and black polyethylene outer covering. The signal attenuation shall not exceed 0.78 dB per 30m (100 ft) at 10 MHz. Nominal outside diameter shall be 8mm (0.304
shall be suitable for installation in conduit or overhead with appropriate span wire. 75 ohm BNC plug in). The coaxial cable shall be a continuous, unbroken run from the camera to the VDP. This cable
connectors shall be used at both the camera and controller. The coaxial cable, BNC connector and crimping tool shall be approved by the supplier of the video detection system, and the manufacturer's
three conductor cable. The cabling shall comply with the National Electric Code, as well as local instructions must be followed to ensure proper connection. The power cabling shall be 16 AWG
electrical codes. Cameras may acquire power from the luminaire if necessary.
The video detection system shall be installed by supplier factory certified installers and as recommended by the supplier and documented in the installation materials provided by the supplier. Proof of factory certification shall be provided.
209-5.01C(6) Warranty. The supplier shall provide a limited two year warrant on the video detection system. See supplier's standard warranty included in the Terms and Conditions of Sale
telephone within four hours of the time a call is made by the user. This support shall be made documentation. During the warranty period, technical support shall be available from the supplier via
available from factory certified personnel or factory certified installers. During the warranty period, updates to the VDP software shall be made available from the supplier without charge.
209-5.01C(7) Maintenance and Support. The supplier shall maintain an adequate inventory of parts to support maintenance and repair of the video detection system. These parts shall be made available for delivery within 30 days of placement of an acceptable order at the supplier's current pricing and terms of sale for said parts. The supplier shall maintain an ongoing program of technical support for the video detection system. This technical support shall be available via telephone, or via personnel sent to the installation site upon placement of an acceptable order at the supplier's current pricing and terms of sale for on site technical support services. Installation or training support shall be provided by a factory authorized representative. All product documentation shall be written in the English language.
209-5.02 Pedestrian Push Button Assemblies. Where shown on the plans, pedestrian push
button assemblies of substantial tamper-proof construction and signs shall be furnished and
installed. The housing shall be either die-cast or permanent mold cast aluminum, or when specified
shall be ultraviolet stabilized, self-extinguishing structural plastic. Plastic housings shall be black
matching Color No. 17038, 27038 or 37038 of Federal Standard No. 5958, and shall be colored
throughout. The assembly shall be rainproof and shall be shockproof in any weather condition. The
pedestrian push button switch shall be a phenolic enclosed precision snap-acting type, single-pole,
double-throw, switching unit, with screw type terminals, rated 15 A at 125 volts AC, and shall have
the following characteristics: 1. Switching unit shall have a stainless steel plunger actuator and shall be provided with U-frame
2. Switch shall have an operating force of 2.5 N (9 oz.) to 3.6 N (13 oz.) and a minimum release
3. Pretravel shall be 0.4 mm ('/ay) maximum.
4. Over travel shall be 6 mm minimum.
to permit recessed mounting in push button housing.
force of one newton (4 oz.).
"
".
"
G 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 122 of 139 Pages
"
5. Differential travel shall be 0.01 mm (0.OOW) to 0.05 mm (0.002").
6. Actuator shall have a minimum diameter of 50 mm (T).
Where a pedestrian push button is attached to a pole, the housing shall be shaped to fit the
curvature of the pole and secured to provide a rigid installation. Saddles shall be provided to make a
neat fit when required. Where a pedestrian push button is to be mounted on top of a Size 65 (2lh")
diameter post, the housing shall be provided with a slip-fitter fitting and screws for securing rigidly to
the post. Pedestrian push button signs shall be porcelain enameled metal or structural plastic. Push
button and sign shall be installed on the crosswalk side of the pole. Arrows on push button signs
shall point in the same direction as the corresponding crosswalk. Where Type A push buttons are
specified, each push button assembly shall be equipped with red and green indicator lamps. Lamps
shall be so connected that, when the push button has been activated, the red lamp shall be
energized and continue so until the next pedestrian walk interval, at which time the green lamp shall
shall be de-energized until the next actuation of the push button. Lenses for the lamps shall have a
be energized in lieu of the red lamp. At the termination of the pedestrian walk interval, the lamps
visible diameter of approximately 32 mm (Ill4") and a length of approximately 22 mm ('I8"). On the
framework. Wlth Type C pedestrian push buttons, the instruction sign shall be mounted, using 2
Type A or Type B push button assembly, the sign shall attach to and be securely supported by the
straps and saddle brackets, on the same standard as the push button assembly.
Straps and saddle brackets shall be as shown on the plans and shall be corrosion-resisting
chromium nickel steel conforming to the specifications of ASTM Designation: A 167, Type 302. Bolts
shall be stainless steel with a chromium content of at least 17 percent and a nickel content of at least
8 percent. Bolts shall not be theft-proof.
209-6 LIGHTING
209-6.01 High Pressure Sodium Luminaires. High pressure sodium luminaires shall be the
enclosed type with a horizontal burning lamp. Luminaires shall be the cutoff type. Each luminaire
shall consist of a housing, a reflector, a refractor or a lens, a lamp socket, an integral ballast, a
terminal strip and a lamp. Housings shall be fabricated from aluminum. Housings that are painted
shall withstand a 1 000-hour salt spray test as specified in ASTM Designation: B 117. All other metal
parts of the housing shall be fabricated from metal at least equal in corrosion resistance and finish to
the metal in the housing. Each housing shall be provided with a slip-fitter capable of mounting on a
50 mm (2") pipe tenon and of being adjusted 5 degrees from the axis of the tenon. The clamping
brackets of the slip-fitter shall not bottom out on the housing bosses when adjusted within the *5
degree range. No part of the slip-fitter mounting brackets on the luminaires shall develop a
permanent set in excess of 0.5 mm (0.020") when the four 10 mm diameter cap screws used for
when tested in accordance with California Test 61 1, shall be capable of withstanding cyclic loading in
mounting are tightened to 13 Nvn (IO Wlbs.). All luminaires to be mounted on horizontal mast arms,
(G = Acceleration of Gravity):
I. a vertical plane at a minimum peak acceleration level of 3.0 G peak-to-peak sinusoidal loading
(same as 1.5 G peak) with the internal ballast removed, for a minimum of 2 million cycles without
failure of any luminaire parts.
acceleration level of 1.5 G peak-to-peak sinusoidal loading (same as 0.75-G peak) with the
internal ballast installed, for a minimum of 2 million cycles without failure of any luminaire parts.
3. a vertical plane at a minimum peak acceleration level of 1.0 G peak-to-peak sinusoidal loading
(same as 0.5-G peak) with the internal ballast installed, for a minimum of 2 million cycles without
failure of any luminaire parts.
2. a horizontal plane perpendicular to the direction of the mast arm at a minimum peak
a 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 123 of 139 Pages
Each mast arm mounted luminaire shall be furnished with a photoelectric unit receptacle. If a
photoelectric unit receptacle is included and the plans call for the omission of a photoelectric unit , a
raintight shorting cap shall be installed. The surface of each reflector shall be specular and shall be
protected by either an anodized finish or a silicate film. The reflector shall be shaped so that a
minimum of light is reflected through the arc tube of the lamp. Each refractor or lens shall be
mounted in a frame that is hinged to the housing and secured with a spring-loaded latch. Each
refractor shall be made of glass or polycarbonate plastic. Each lens shall be made of heat and
and lamp, shall be in a sealed chamber. Sealing shall be provided by a gasket between the reflector
impact resistant glass. The optical system, consisting of the reflector, refractor or lens, lamp socket
and refractor or lens and a gasket between the reflector and lamp socket. The chamber shall have
provision for filtered flow of air in and out of the chamber due to lamp heat. Filtering shall be
accomplished by either a separate filter or a filtering gasket. Each lamp socket shall be a porcelain
enclosed mogul-multiple type. The shell shall contain integral lamp grips to assure electrical contact
under conditions of normal vibration. The socket shall be mounted in the luminaire in a manner to
permit presetting a variety of specified light distribution patterns. The socket shall be rated for
1500 W and 600 V, and shall be rated for a 4-kV pulse. When the components are mounted on a
down-opening door, the door shall be hinged and secured to the luminaire housing separately from
the refractor or flat lens frame. The door shall be easily removable and replaceable. The door shall
be secured to the housing in a manner to prevent its accidental opening when the refractor or flat
lens frame is opened. Field wires connected to the luminaire shall terminate on a barrier type
terminal block secured to the housing. The terminal screws shall be captive and equipped with wire
grips for conductors up to No. 6. Each terminal position shall be clearly identified.
The minimum light distribution for each lurninaire shall be 'as shown on the isolux diagrams on the
plans. The maximum brightness of each cutoff luminaire, with the lamp indicated, shall be as Table
209-6.01 (A):
TABLE 209-6.01fA\
CUTOFF TYPE LUMI'NAIRE
Lamp I Lamp I Maximum Briahtness
ANSI Code NO. (cd/m*i Wattage
s55
200 S66
140 150
260 400 S51
210 31 0 S67
175 250 S50
140
Brightness readings will be taken using a brightness meter with an acceptance angle of 1.5 degrees.
When measured on the 90-degree and 270-degree lateral angle line, the maximum brightness shall
not exceed the above specified brightness when the meter is located at a horizontal distance of 37 m
(120) and a vertical distance of 2.3 m (7.5) between the luminaire and the meter, or at an angle of 3
degrees 35 minutes from the horizontal to the line between the luminaire and the meter.
-
-
G 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 124 of 139 Pages
Measurements shall be made from both the 90-degree line and the 270-degree line and averaged.
The lamp used for each test shall be operated at the wattage necessary to produce a light output as
shown in Table 209-6.01(B): TABLE 209-6.01IBI
LAMP WAlTAGE VERSUS LIGHT OUTPUT
Lumens
22 000
16 000
Lamp Wattage
27 000
37 000
50 000
150
200
250
310
400
209-6.01A High Pressure Sodium Lamp Ballasts. Each ballast shall be designed for the type,
characteristics and wattage of the lamp it is to operate and it shall provide the proper starting and
operating waveforms, voltage and current. Ballasts shall provide reliable lamp starting and operation
at ambient temperature down to -30°C for the rated life of the lamp. Ballasts shall be designed for
continuous operation at ambient air temperatures from -20°C to 25°C without reduction in ballast life.
Ballasts shall have a design life of not less than 100,000 hours. Ballasts shall be designed to
operate for at least 180 cycles of 12 hours on and 12 hours off, with the lamp circuit in an open or
short-circuited condition and without measurable reduction in the operating requirements. Ballasts
shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of ANSI C82.6-1980, "Methods of Measurement
of High-Intensity-Discharge Lamp Ballasts." Starting aids for ballasts of a given lamp wattage shall
be interchangeable between ballasts of the same wattage and manufacturer without adjustment.
A Certificate of Compliance conforming to the provisions in Section 4-1.5, "Certification," shall be
submitted by the manufacturer with each lot of integral ballast luminaires and with each lot of ballasts
designed for use outside of luminaires. The certificate shall state that the lot of ballasts meets, in
every respect, the above requirements and the lamp-ballast specifications of the lamp manufacturer.
The input voltage for ballasts shall be as shown on the plans or as specified in these special
provisions. Each integral ballast shall consist of separate components, each of which shall be
capable of being easily replaced. A starting aid which is encapsulated will be considered as a single
component. Each component shall be provided with screw terminals, NEMA tab connectors or a
single multi-circuit connector. All conductor terminals shall be identied as to the component
terminal to which they connect. Heat-generating components shall be mounted so as to use the
portion of the luminaire upon which they are mounted as a heat sink. Capacitors shall be located as
far as practicable from heat-generating components or shall be thermally shielded to limit the case
temperature to 75°C.
Transformers and inductors shall be resin-impregnated for protection against moisture. Capacitors,
except those in starting aids, shall be metal cased and hermetically sealed. Ballasts to be located
remote from the luminaire shall be the submersible type and shall conform to the requirements in
Section 209-6.09C, "Submersible Type Transformers." All components, including starting aid, shall
be enclosed in a single housing. Ballast leads shall extend a minimum of 300 mm (12") from the
case. Steel housings shall be galvanized or painted. Ballast housings shall be clearly labeled to
indicate lamp type, lamp wattage and input voltage. Ballasts for high-pressure sodium lamps shall
have a ballast characteristic curve which will intersect both of the lamp-voltage limit lines between
the wattage limit lines and remain between the wattage limit lines throughout the full range of lamp
the lowest and highest input voltage for which the ballast is rated. Throughout the lifetime of the
voltage. This requirement shall be met not only at the rated input voltage of the ballast, but also at
lamp, the ballast curve shall fall within the specified limits of lamp voltage and wattage. Ballasts for luminaires to be mounted on mast arms, brackets or lowering assemblies shall be located within the
luminaire housing.
Q 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 125 of 139 Pages
209-6.01A(i) Regulator Type Ballasts. Regulator type ballasts shall conform to the following:
1. For nominal input voltage and lamp voltage, the ballast design center shall not vary more than
2. The ballast shall be designed so that a capacitance variance of i6 percent will not cause more
-
7.5 percent from rated lamp watts.
than a f8 percent variation in lamp wattage regulation throughout rated lamp life for nominal
3. The lamp current crest factor shall not exceed 1.8 for input voltage variation of f1O percent at
input voltage.
any lamp voltage from initial through life.
Regulator type ballasts shall be lag-type or lead-type conforming to the following:
1. Lag-Type Regulator Ballasts- Each lag-type regulator ballast shall have the primary and
secondary windings electrically isolated and, when operated with the appropriate lamp, shall
have the following characteristics and shall maintain the following lamp operation:
a) The power factor shall be not less than 90 percent throughout the life of the lamp at
b) Lamp wattage regulation spread at any lamp voltage from nominal through life shall not
2. Lead-Type Regulator Ballasts.- Each lead-type regulator ballast (CWA-constant wattage auto-
shall maintain the following lamp operation:
regulator) shall, when operated with the appropriate lamp, have the following characteristics and
nominal line voltage with a nominally rated reference lamp.
vary by more than 18 percent for f10 percent input voltage variation.
a) The power factor shall be not less than 90 percent when the ballast is operated at
nominal line voltage with a nominally rated reference lamp.
b) Lamp wattage regulation spread at any lamp voltage from nominal through life shall not
vary by more than 30 percent for f10 percent input voltage variation.
209-6.01A(2) Autotransformer or Reactor Type Ballasts. Each nonregulating reactor,
autotransformer, or high reactance ballast shall, when operated with the appropriate lamp, have the
following characteristics and shall maintain the following lamp operations:
1. The power factor shall be not less than 90 percent when the ballast is operated at nominal line
2. Lamp wattage regulation spread at any lamp voltage from nominal through life shall not vary by
3. For nominal input voltage and lamp voltage, the ballast design center shall not vary more than
4. The lamp current crest factor shall not exceed 1.8 for input voltage variation of f5 percent at any
voltage with a nominally rated reference lamp.
more than 25 percent for i5 percent input voltage variation.
7.5 percent from rated lamp watts.
lamp voltage from initial through life.
2096.01B High Pressure Sodium Lamps. High pressure sodium lamps shall conform to the
ANSI Standard: C 78, ”Lamp Specifications, Physical and Electrical Characteristics of High-ln-
tensity-Discharge Lamps,” when tested in accordance with ANSI Standard: C 78.388, “Methods of
Measurement of High Pressure Sodium Lamp Characteristics.” High-pressure sodium lamps shall
have a minimum average rated life of 24 000 hours.
-
-
a 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 126 of 139 Pages
c
209-6.02 Mission Bell Luminaires. The contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and installing all
components of the Mission Bell fixture and light standard in accordance to manufacturer's specifications
and these special provisions. The Contractor's responsibility shall include, but is not limited to,
mounting adaptor to mast arm, mounting bracket for use with photoelectric control and suspension method for conductors. Dissimilar metals shall not be used for mounting the Mission Bell to the fixture
adapter (plumberizer). The 50 mm (2") diameter close aluminum nipples used between the plumberizer
and Mission Bell casting shall be fabricated from bar stock aluminum conforming to ASTM designation 6061-T6 or 6063-TI and shall be bored through along their central axis with a 25 mm (1") diameter hole
to accommodate the lighting conductors. All aluminum incorporated in the fixture shall be clear
anodized in accordance with Aluminum Association designation AA-MIZC22A41. The minimum
anodic coating thickness shall be not less than 0.03 mm (1.0 mil). Mission Bell Luminaires shall conform to the requirements of section 209-6.01 of these special provisions except as noted in this
section (209-6.02) and shall be Sierra Lighting catalog number MB-ZOO-HPS-240-DB2, General
Electric catalog number BELL20S3AGMN3DB or approved equal. All Mission Bell Luminaires from any
source shall be modified as specified herein. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings for the
mounting design for approval by the Engineer prior to fabrication in accordance with Section 2-5.3 Shop
Drawings.
209-6.06 Internally Illuminated Street Name Signs. Internally illuminated street name signs shall
conform to the details shown on the plans. The general design of signs shall be as shown on the
the Engineer. The sign fixture shall be designed and constructed to prevent deformation or failure
plans. Minor details of construction shown are typical and may be modified subject to approval by
when subjected to 113 kmlh (70mph) wind loads as set forth in the AASHTO publication, "Standard
Specifications for Structural Supports of Highway Signs, Luminaires and Traffic Signals," and amend-
Certificate of Compliance conforming to the provisions in Section 4-15, "Certification," shall be sub-
ments thereto. The sign panels shall not deform or warp under a 113 km/h (70 mph) wind loading. A
shall state that the internally illuminated street name signs meets the wind load requirements as
mitted by the manufacturer with each lot of internally illuminated street name signs. The certificate
described above. All material used in fabrication shall be new. If not covered herein, both the
material and workmanship shall be of the best quality consistent with the intended purpose. All
ferrous parts shall be galvanized or cadmium plated, unless otherwise specified herein or shown
otherwise on the plans. Signs shall be Type B. Additionally all Internally Illuminated Street Name
Signs shall conform to the following requirements:
1, Housing.- The top and bottom shall be formed or extruded aluminum and shall be attached to
formed or cast aluminum end fittings. The design shall provide continuous sealing between top
and bottom assemblies and the end fittings. The housing shall be rigidly constructed to resist
torsional twist and warp. Provisions shall be made for ease of maintenance of all components.
The opening or removal of one panel shall permit access to the interior of the sign and allow for
On Type A signs, both sides shall be hinged at the top to permit installation or removal of the
replacement of lamps, ballasts and fuses. Type IV photoelectric unit sockets shall be provided.
sign panels, and to permit access to the interior of the sign. On Type B signs, the sign panels
2. Reflectors.- At the option of the Contractor, reflectors may be used to provide the required sign
shall be slide-mounted into the housing.
brightness. Reflectors, if used, shall be formed aluminum with acrylic baked white enamel
surface having a minimum reflectance of 0.85.
3. Sign Panels- The sign panels shall be slide-mounted or rigid mounted in a frame, with white
legend, symbols, arrows, and border on each face, as shown on the plans. The background
shall be green. The entire surface of the sign panel shall be VIP-grade reflective vinyl sheeting
and be evenly illuminated. The average of brightness readings for the letters shall be 500 dm2
(150 foot-lamberts), minimum. The light transmission factor of the sign panel shall provide a
letter to background brightness ratio of between 10 to 1 and 20 to 1. The luminance of the
background shall not vary by more than 40 percent from the average of background brightness
reading. The luminance of the letters., symbols and arrows shall not vary by more than 20
eB w 9/11/00 Contract No. 3369-2A Page 127 of 139 Pages
percent from the average brightness reading of letters, symbols and arrows. The sign Panels
shall be translucent panels of high impact resistant plastic of one of the following types:
a) Glass fiber reinforced acrylated resin.
b) Polycarbonate resin.
c) Cellulose acetate butyrate plastic.
d) Paint on the outside of the plastic shall be protected by a plastic film which shall Seal
the front surface of the panel and filter out ultraviolet radiation. Paint shall be acrylic
plastic type. e) All surfaces shall be free of blemishes in the plastic or coating that may impair the serviceability or detract from the general appearance and color matching of the sign. 9 The white or green color shall not fade or darken when the sign is exposed to an
accelerated test of ultraviolet light which is equivalent to 2 years of outdoor exposure. The
green color of the sign, when not illuminated, shall conform to Color No. 14109 of Federal
Standard 5958.
g) The sign panels shall not crack or shatter when a 25.4 mm (1") diameter, steel ball with
a mass of 67 grams (4 02.) is dropped from a height of 2.6 m (8.5') above the sign panel to
any point of the sign panel. The panels shall be lying in a horizontal position and
supported within their frame for this test.
4. Gaskets.- On Type A signs, gaskets shall be installed between the sign panel frame and the
fixture housing to prevent the entrance of water between the frame and the fixture housing.
Gaskets shall be uniform and even textured and shall be the closed cell, sponge neoprene type,
designed for use at temperatures between -20°C(-4"F) and +70"C (158°F). Gaskets shall be
neatly applied to thoroughly degreased, clean surfaces with a suitable heat-resistant adhesive
which will not allow the gaskets to slip at temperatures between -20°C and +70"C.
lamps at -2O'C (-4°F) and above. Ballasts for Type A signs shall be rated at 200 mA. Ballasts for
Type B signs shall be rated at 430 mA. Ballasts shall be listed by UL or ETL for operation on 110
to 125 V, 60 Hz circuits, and shall conform to the requirements of ANSI Standard: C 82.1 and
ANSI Standard: C 82.2. A separate ballast shall be provided for each lamp.
6. Lamp holders.- Lamp holders shall be listed by UL or ETL for outdoor use, shall be provided with
silver coated contacts and waterproofed entrance leads for use with a rapid-start fluorescent lamp.
Removal of the lamp from the socket shall de-energize the primary of the ballast. Each lamp
holder shall be provided with a heat-resistant, circular cross section, partially recessed neoprene ring to seal against the lamp ends and protect electrical contacts from moisture and dirt or other
injurious elements. One lamp holder for each lamp shall be of the spring-loaded type. The
distance between the face of the lamp holders for each lamp shall provide a compression of at
least 2.5 mm (0.10") on the spring-type lamp holder when the lamp is in place. The lamp shall
have positive mechanical and electrical contact when the lamp is in place. The socket on the
spring-type lamp holder shall have sufficient travel to permit installation of the lamp. Springs for
lamp holders shall not be part of the current carrying circuit. Lamp holders shall match lamp
requirements and shall not increase cathode filament circuit resistance by more than 0.10 R.
7. Lamps.- Lamps shall be of the types shown on the plans and shall meet the requirements of
ANSI Standard: C 78.
8. Terminal Blocks.- All wiring connections in the fixture shall be terminated on molded, phenolic,
barrier type, terminal blocks rated at 15 A, 1000 V, and shall have integral type, white, waterproof
marking strips. All current carrying parts of the terminal block shall be insulated from the fixture
with integral plugs or strips to provide an insulating value in excess of the line-to-ground flashover
voltage. If the Contractor elects to use sectionalized terminal blocks, each section shall be
provided with an integral barrier on each side and shall be capable of rigid mounting and alignment. Terminal screws shall be size No. 10, minimum.
9. Fuses.- Fuses shall be Type 3AG, miniature, slow blowing type with appropriate current and
voltage ratings. Fuseholder shall be a panel-mounting type with threaded or bayonet type knob
which grips the fuse tightly for extraction. A separate fuse shall be provided for each ballast.
5. Ballasts.- Ballasts shall be of the high power factor type and shall be capable of starting the
G 9/11/00 Contract NO. 3369-2A Page 120 of 139 Pages
L
IO. Weep Holes.- Screened weep holes shall be provided at strategic locations in all members
subject to the collection of moisture. Weep holes shall be shielded to prevent light leakage from - - 11, Fasteners.- All fasteners, screws, and hardware shall be of passive stainless steel (Type 302 or
the fixture.
304) or aluminum Type 6060-T6.
12. Mounting Assemblies.- The top of the fixture housing shall have 2 free-swinging mounting brackets. Each of the brackets shall be adjustable vertically for leveling the sign to either a
to the sign panel. Hinge pins for the free-swinging brackets shall have a minimum diameter of
straight or curved mast arm. The bracket assembly shall permit the fixture to swing perpendicular
6 mm (0.25”). At least 4.6 m (IS) clearance shall be provided between the bottom of the fixture
and the roadway.
13. Message.- The message, as shown on the plans, shall be displayed on both sign panels. If not
shown on the plans, the message, and the size of symbols or arrows will be furnished by the
Engineer at the request of the Contractor. Unless shown otherwise, letters shall be 200 mm (8”)
upper case and 150 mm (6) lower case, Series E.
brackets and appurtenances shall not exceed 30 kg.
stranded copper wire with 0.7 mm (28 mils), minimum, thermoplastic insulation, rated at
1000 volts and rated for use at 90°C. Conductors shall be No. 16, minimum, and shall match the
color coding of the ballast leads. The size of conductors from the sign disconnect to the fuse
block shall be as shown on the plans. All conductors within the fixture shall be secured with easily
removable spring cross straps (not clamped) in the chassis or fixture. Straps shall be installed not
more than 300 mm (12”) apart. Stranded copper conductors connected to screw type terminals shall terminate in approved crimp type ring connectors. Splices will not be permitted within the
16. Equipment List and Drawings.- Within 15 days following approval of contract, the Contractor
-
14. Mass.- The total mass of the complete sign assembly, including lamps, ballasts, mounting
15. Conductors.- All fixture conductors shall be UL or ETL listed appliance wiring material (AWM)
-
-
” fixture unless approved in writing by the Engineer.
- as specified in Section 2-5, “Plans and Specifications.” The shop drawings shall show the
- manufacturer of all materials and sufficient detail to identify the materials. If requested, the
shall submit 3 sets of shop drawings and a list of equipment and materials he proposes to install,
message for each sign and shall include the size of letters, symbols or arrows, as shown on the
plans or as furnished by the Engineer. The list of equipment shall include the name of the
the fabrication of the sign, or a complete sign assembly, to permit adequate testing and evaluation
Contractor shall supply, without cost to the Agency, sufficient samples of materials to be used in
of conformance to the specified requirements. -
209-6.07 Photoelectric Controls. Photoelectric controls, as specified in these special provisions or
as shown on the plans, shall be capable of switching multiple lighting systems directly. Type IV
photoelectric control shall be used unless otherwise shown on the plans or required by these
special provisions and shall be installed in a receptacle integral with the luminaire.
1. Type I photoelectric control shall consist of a remote photoelectric unit and a test switch housed in
an enclosure.
2. Type II photoelectric control shall consist of a remote photoelectric unit, a separate contactor
located in a service equipment enclosure, and a test switch located in the service equipment
enclosure unless shown otherwise.
and a test switch housed in an enclosure.
twist lock.
3. Type 111 photoelectric control shall consist of a remote photoelectric unit, and a separate contactor
4. Type IV photoelectric control shall consist of a photoelectric unit which plugs into an EEI-NEMA
e 9111lOO Contract No. 3369-2A Page 129 of 139 Pages